1580 to 1589 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1580 to 1589.

1580
'''A peasant revolt of Croatians and Slovenians breaks out in Croatia, in protest of cruel treatment by local lords. The rebels seize large portions of farmland, and begin drafting demands along the lines of abolition of provincial borders, opening of highways for trade, and self-rule by the peasants.'''

Although I explained this to MP already, the peasant revolts causes are non-existent. The local lords were cruel because they had the right to buy goods first at an extremely cheap price and then sell it at an expensive one. However, this right was connected to an economic crisis caused by Ottomans. And let's not forget that Ferenc Tahy is one of local lords responsible, yet I highly doubt many Hungarians would be left in Croatia post the war. Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 05:48, July 31, 2014 (UTC)

If a revolt is really needed, could I at least help write it? I already have some ideas. Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 05:55, July 31, 2014 (UTC)

Cour said I should suggest a change. One possibility is a pro-Hungarian revolt led by a portion of the Garays or a revolt in Bosnia led by the remains of the members of the Bosnian church or perhaps even a revolt against the current Knyaz of Slovenia since he isn't of Slovene descent I think Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 16:36, July 31, 2014 (UTC)

A bubonic plague outbreak in Venice kills many of its citizens, and also spreads to towns in central Italy through the city’s frequent trade with the peninsula.

'''The pointy tree is uninstalled from its presentation in Bavaria to be shipped off. On its way, eight citizens of Münich helping its installation are stabbed. Three die of their wounds, two die of tetanus.'''

Yemen needs the pointy tree .-. RexImperio (talk) 08:46, July 31, 2014 (UTC)

The pointy tree is for nations involved in the Austrian or Hamburg Wars. Stephanus rex (talk) 16:02, July 31, 2014 (UTC)

What dumbass decided they needed to use sharpened swords for the tree? Kurt Cobain&#39;s Haircut (talk) 17:43, July 31, 2014 (UTC)

'''The Grand Duchy of Moscow and the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth successfully siege the city of Novgorod, and alongside the Tsarist faction of the civil war, manage to make heavy ground against the former Novgorodian government. The republican faction soon begins combatting the foreigners. However, when it becomes clear that the invaders are not solely fighting for a republican government. Despite the coalition’s success in seizing the throne of Novgorod, rebellion continues as the new monarchy fights to secure its rule across the nation.'''
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 38. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 352,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 231,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 19. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. The two colonies, Dijakkadir and Bubuddahla, show signs of increased prosperity. We take over our land in Yemen mainly being three different city-states. The northern one near the border: Yeminda, the southern city-state Aleppraqht, and the one farthest away, Jivadier. Navy expands. We take over the Roman Empire's old colonies in Somalia and Eritrea. They were abandoned and now occupied by Damascan forces. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni sea colony from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this Ankara begins to suffer from riots. We declare war on  Oman  and request  Yemeni  and  Mansuriyyan  support.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. No Turks move to the Tartary. Arabs halt on population booming in Ankara. Ankara begins to cripple itself from recent riots, rumor has it Ankara is in course to cede from the Sultanate. In response Sultan Sulimen II has made it clear, rioting will not be tolerated, and declaring independence is declaring war against the mother country.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 231,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer trading rights to Egypt, and encourage them to begin adopting to Islam.
 * United Islamic Nations Dip: We extend the privilege of the allowance of the Sultanate of Timor into the UIN, to become and ally and a strong trading partner with the UIN.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King Phillip but he allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her economy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. King Phillip regardless of his alliance with france begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire itself also begins its second wave of investment into New Spain, New Granada, and Cape Ferdinand using funds to increase returns on cash crops and other production elements.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian leagues mandates.
 * Morelia:   The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea. Philippines requests Spain to aid their forces to prevent issues from arising by the Netherlands colony from falling to Muslim troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total among all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations among all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Do you have any idea how much I have to scroll because of your long post. Just annex a few states >_>
 * Get over it. You can't be that lazy. -Feud


 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Due to the revolts that are still occurring within Novgorod, around 6,000 extra troops are sent into the Rus’. The Nowa Wspólnota Firma have set sail to the Imperial Sea with the intent to expanding our nation’s boundaries. After several months of crossing the Atlantic Ocean that separated our two land masses, the ships soon land on an island within the Imperial Sea which has been named St Stanislaus (OTL: Guadeloupe). Around 100 settlers land and begin constructing a small settlement. By the end of the year the population grows to 150. Adomas Klimas has been awarded the position of Governor of the Polish Imperial Isles. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (One Turn). Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Revassalized by Urdustan, the rebels that were removed from power are gathered up and executed by being crushed by elephants should they refuse to repent their militaristic ways and return to a more peaceful form of Hinduism. The land is distributed to Urdustan's allies in this war, and restructuring of Vijaynagar following the rebellion begins. The rebels and militaristic Hinduism is denounced as not being on par with religious teachings, and non-violent existence between Hinduism and Islam is approached by declaring that for each state mosque sponsored, there shall be a state Hindu temple. Rebuilding of the infrastructure, such as roads and ports, continues, as does reassessment of the military forces of Vijaynagara.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (NEEDS MOD RESPONSE PLEASE): The Urdustani Emperor wishes to take the hand in marriage of the second daughter of the Sultanate of Multan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Yemeni Sultanate: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhl was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan waa keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. We continued to expand and develop our military by producing more firearms and cannons as well as practicing new tactics. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. They imported of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. Meanwhile, our economy rose due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. [MOD RESPONSE]. Mil and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultan offers the daughter of his young brother for marriage
 * Yemeni - Somali Diplomacy: The Yemeni Sultan requests the Somali King, as to whether he would be willing to sell enclaves at the tip of the Horn of Africa and near its border with Eritrea in exchange for receiving military as well as economic aid and the deployment of Yemeni soldiers to protect the King from any threat. The Sultan also offered to have the Somali soldiers trained by Yemen and protection from various other African states and possible admittance in the United Islamic States (UIN) [MOD RESPONSE]
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: Sultan Sulimen II, Sultan of the UIN would like to remind Sultan Ahmed that all admittance into the UIN must be voted on by the members of the UIN, and later then approved by the head Sultan at the time. While visiting in Yemen's capital and making appearance with Sultan Ahmed; Sultan Sulimen II gives a plated glass window depicting the alliance between the two nations. The Sultan also accepts the Princess' hand in marriage. We request your military assistance in the war with Oman.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 378,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity.
 * Raigama: Begins to build up and train military for a war with the hostile nations on the island. Raigama continues trading around the island, gaining a normal income. King Samir decides to continue impoving infrastructures, walls, and build temples. Population hits 250,000. Many defensive structures are being built across Raigama.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We continue to vassalize Nepal by sending monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Colorado Confederacy: The government begins to restabilize, while Ute, Apache, and Navajo culture begin to blend. The military begins to grow with people from all walks of life. We wish to ally and improve relations with Mississipia. Western weapons begin to appear in the nation from trade with the outside world. The current chief dies and the now 27 year old chief Hok'ee becomes ruler of the confederacy. Christianity becomes slowly popular in the southern Navajo regions. Also, horses coming from the Spanish controlled area see use in Colorado villages.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The peasant revolt is quickly extinguished due to the fact that the peasants do not actually have a reason to revolt since the cruel treatment of local lords which was thought to be caused by the local lords didn't happen as they didn't have the pre-emption right. The revolt is extinguished in 12 days (just like in OTL) and Ambroz Matija Gubec, leader of the revolt is caught. On 15 February he was publicly tortured, being forced to wear a red-hot iron crown, cruelly dragged along the streets of the city, pinched with red-hot iron pincers, and was subsequently quartered
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst. The focus this year is on the military.
 * Kingdom of Hawaii: Mixing of populations between all of the Hawaiian islands continues to take place, and as a result old tribal divisions are being further eroded away. This now includes the Hawaiian islands of OTL Micronesia, and due to their tiny populations, the native populations are now the minority, with Hawaiians from the Home Islands making up the majority of the populations. Thanks to the capture of OTL Micronesia there are now new plentiful waters for the Kingdom to fish in. As a result of this, the Kingdom's population begins to grow exponentially, as resources start to become abundant and plentiful. However, land for hunting is still required, something which OTL Micronesia does not provide in significant enough quantities. As a result of this the Kingdom is once again called upon to expand. With the focus being on greater land area. As a result of this, Hawaiian watercraft begin to spread out south from the Home Islands and OTL Micronesia in search of land to call Hawaiian.  They find the lands of Samoa and Tonga, which they bring under complete Hawaiian control. As well of this, the coastlines of OTL Fiji are brought under Hawaiian control. With Hawaiian settlers spreading to these islands, integrating with the local populaces. Quickly turning the native populations into minorities in their own lands.


 * Waaaaaaaaaayyyyy tooo fast and Waaaaaaay to far, if we didnt let the maori do it you cant be doing that either -Feud
 * From what I gathered the Maori tried to invade Australia. I am merely bringing individuals from the same cultural group as mine under my flag. I have watercraft capable of making the journey, as well as the capability to administer the land. I don't see the issue here? -- Hailstormer (talk) 18:42, July 31, 2014 (UTC)
 * You have to settle it, its ungoverened territory on par with Central south america right now. You cant just roll up and start annexing all that -Feud
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: The Mosque Model, the nationwide construction of mosques, is finally finished and so is the Rebuildment Era of the Sultanate. With the Mosque's Models completion, there is a surge of support for Sunni Islam and thus nearly all of the Sultanate's people are Sunnis. Another positive thing emerges from the completion of the Mosque Model as well, such as an infrastructure boom. Under the Mosque Model, the mosques become the centers of new towns (being the centers of new towns, they are also the centers of art, education, science, and culture and thus new towns emerged organicly. With the new towns emerging, roads were also constructed between these towns, which finally connected to Baghdad. As a result of the infrastructure boom, there is also an economic boom as well as a result of the thriving of internal trade. With all this accumulation of positive things, (surges of support for Sunni Islam, infrastructure, economic, cultural, and science booms) there is ultimately a surge of support for the Sultan, and thus a Grand Parade is held in the center of Baghdad. With domestic infrastructure and internal trade established and new money flowing in, we seek to open ourselves to the world once again, so we decide to work on our economy and vassalizes Oman (Turn One of Ten) in order to gain control of the Gulf. We also seek to open up relations with Urdistan and the Tartary, offering them trade agreements.
 * Southern Persia: The Mosque Model, the nationwide construction of mosques, is finally finished. With the Mosque's Models completion, there is a surge of support for Sunni Islam and thus nearly all of Southern Persia's people are Sunnis. Many ethnic Safavids and Shias are also successfully pushed out of Southern Persia with the majority being in and around the Holy City of Qom. Another positive thing emerges from the completion of the Mosque Model as well, such as an infrastructure boom. Under the Mosque Model, the mosques become the centers of new towns (being the centers of new towns, they are also the centers of art, education, science, and culture and thus new towns emerged organicly. With the new towns emerging, roads were also constructed between these towns, which finally connected to Baghdad. As a result of the infrastructure boom, there is also an economic boom as well as a result of the thriving of internal trade. With all this accumulation of positve things, (surges of support for Sunni Islam, infrastructure, economic, cultural, and science booms) there is ultimately a surge of support for the Govenor, and thus a Grand Parade is held in the center of Isfahan. With all this money flowing in, we are able to use this money to further build up the economy. There is also a population boom of ethnic Mansuryians and Sunnis, making the Settlement Program established by the Governor to be successful.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We request your military assistance with Oman.
 * Many more merchants go to Pskov, who gives them more oportunities than the failing Novgorod. The money some people even brought back some riches from Novgorod, and many of the republican rebels and their families move to Pskov in unprecedented numbers, and people for fear of their life move to the city and whatnot. Pskov continues to work toward scientific progress. The island of OTL Puerto Rico, named Novostrovsk (New Ostrov), and people start becoming fascinated by sugarcane, trading it with the locals and shipping it back to Pskov to sell, gains its first small settlement of Pskovians interested in trading with the locals. IN any case, the Veche votes that a national census must take place once every 20 years after 1580 (i.e. in 1600, 1620, 1640, etc ...) with the only exception being 1590. The Veche also votes that beginning on January 1st of the year of census, until December 31st of the next year, nobody is allowed to change their place of residence, in order to easier census the population (although this will do nothing about "unofficial" changes of address). an estimated 50,000 people have fled to Pskov during the war in Novgorod (mostly rebels and their families that have lost all hope of a republican government), with more people fleeing persecution by the Muscovites every day. In any case, Pskov uses this as a means to fortify its defences, and increases the permanant retinue of soldiers to about 10,000 people in the Prince's guard, each armed with rifled muskets, the old ones being sold for money. The Nizhegorodks arsenal continues to produce more ships, with better and better efficiency each year. the Pskovian navy continues to grow and grow, improving its naval defences. Astronomy becomes very popular in the Academy of Sciences, with more and more people coming to the University to learn the subject.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is expanded. Particular attention is given to the oft-maligned Landwehr militia. Officers are given proper training, and work begins on a standardised dress code for the landwehr. It is decided that landwehr soldiers will wear a dark blue doublet with helmet. Unlike the regular army though, these clothes will not be provided by the state, but by the individual soldier. They also train with the regular army during summer. The OHG sends an exploratory expedition to Neu Juist (OTL Newfoundland) to scout out potential colony locations. They decide on the "Grand Peninsula" (OTL Avalon Peninsula).
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Committed festival-goers are now almost able to recite the Fairy King with the actors; a funny sight when half the audience is intoxicated. Many people attend the play festival for the drinking atmosphere rather than the plays (which, being written by university students, can be of dubious quality), but the student-actors feel like stars, which is all they want. The Prince-Bishop is very glad not only for the annual free entertainment but also for the interest in his Bishopric that it is creating.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 51, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 16, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well..
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * Vorlayacor: Logging and agriculture continue to fuel growth in the northwest provinces while shipping and manufacturing comprise most of the economy on the coast. Roads are heavily upgraded and expanded this year, allowing for increased trade and faster deployment of troops.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land which mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. In the same area, Roman troops and supplies take part in the war in India, although the Empire does not commit to a full declaration of war. A fleet of ships also takes part, attacking Indian vessels. Local militias and mercs also take part supporting the Urdus. As part of the Indian war, the Maldives are occupied to provide a larger staging ground In the war. A ship sails south to the Chagos islands and also secures their nominal loyalty to the Roman state. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. In Phoenicia, the region has become stable enough for it to be elevated to that of an Archonate, and a Grand Prince of Phoenicia is crowned.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Yamasee: The colony continues to expand north and inland by 20 pixels each as the war with Hamburg ends and the colony of New Hamburg is dissolved. Most of the Germans there are steadily deported, although those that remain are mainly those that were not from Hamburg. The Roman military garrison there is deployed to maintain order while others immigrate in. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely cotton.
 * Roanoke: The colony expands inland by 10 pixels and south by 10 pixels. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely rice, tobacco, cotton, hemp, and indigo.
 * Powhatan: The colony continues to expand east by 20 pixels to help secure the region. More colonists travel there as the cash crop boom continues, namely tobacco in this region.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. With the war in Novgorod over, we continue fighting against rebel organizations to secure the territory.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. We also make several expeditions to the Riau Islands, where we come into contact with the Orang laut people. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1580, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In colonial news, Neu Bayern 150 sq km up the coast of Wilhelmsbaum, 50 sq km around the southern tip, and a final 50 sq km around the previously settled bay area of mainland Borealia. A settlement is founded there (basically OTL Seattle). However, the settlement is not likely to expand east or westward, with the BBC knowing that the Hispanian monarchy has claimed much of the area. Edmund von Jülich is proclaimed to be the new Viceroy of Neu Bayern. In other news, Bremen is annexed into Bavaria but kept as a separate administrative area than Bremen Port.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1580, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 478 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578.Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. Neu Bayern expands 150 sq km northward up the island, and 100 sq km eastward onto mainland Borealia (OTL Vancouver City).
 * In the Mississippian Confederation, Zacharie's advisers, many of whom hail from France or Rome, are decidely liberal in terms of political alignment. They favor greater freedoms for the smaller citizens of the confederate states, and begin to draft a Charter that would establish the basic laws of the Mississippian Confederation. This Charter is in favor of the older and more distinguished and capable in society, based upon méritekratos, a new philosophy that was pushed by the intellectuals of Mississippia's governing elite. Jean-Frances Desjardin dies this year, which allows the governing elite to take even more power, filling the vacuum left by Desjardin's death. Intermarriage continues as a more and more accepted policy, as the first generations of mixed-blood people come of age. The reproduction, including the breeding of faster and faster horses, continues with great success. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. Furthermore, the census is conducted this year. In Cahokia, Émeric Desjardin continues to build the Université de Cahokia. Furthermore, construction on the Kankakee-Gichigami Canal (1589) continues. In Moundville, the release of Natchez has brought and end to expansion, and many are hopeful for future improvements in infrastructure under the current Chief. Similar hopes begin to develop in Parkin, which is done expanding. Parkin trades more and more with the French, but maintains the initial Mississippian culture. Etowah grows closer to the Roman colonies, and the increase in trade has brought about increased desire of protection by the Roman Empire, which is extremely strong. Odawa grows up to Aksimiki, and builds up defences against possible Scandinavian incursions. Santee experiences more contact with the French, also. This increased contact has caused a rupture in the Great Sioux Nation, as the largest and most profitable nation (Santee) is separated from the other five nations. Some resent among the Sioux begins to ferment against the French. Aksimiki, missionary activity is extremely high. The conversion of many to Catholicism brings about greater prosperity as better trade abilities are available to them. In Erie, construction of the Allegheny-Genesee Canal (1586), is pushed forward a year to 1585. In Natchez, the focus is shifted on creating a "European style" port at OTL New Orleans. Plans are in development for this ambitious plan, but many rumor of Spanish assistance. All of the Confederate States expand their militaries.
 * Mississippian Diplomacy: Due to the ever increasing interaction between our people, Great Chief Zacharie calls for an alliance of mutual trust, mutual trade, and mutual protection to be instituted with the great Roman Empire.
 * Roman Diplomacy: We accept the alliance on the condition that the Roman's existing native allies are not threatened.
 * The Tartary begins to experience negative effects of the influx of Turks, as they have settled down in the chief cities and have terminantly refused to settle down. The Tatar authorities begin to incentive small communities of a few hundreds of Turks to go to Siberia and settle there, rather than the chief cities. They also begin supporting Mastoravic priests who go preach to the Turkish population, although this is maintained a secret. The economy grows at this dynamic influx of citizens (the population reaches 14 million people this year), which boosts production and trade even though the court finds a few problems. Some Turks are also drafted into the army, as the Grand Kurultay believes this would be a worthy tactic to try out, as is worked with Romanisation during the Roman Empire. Mangut Nivkhgu finally becomes a vassal of the Tartary. The road system also begins to be thoroughly expanded. Fortifications are also constructed in the Tartary's small direct borders with the rest of the world, as well as the shores of the Moskva, Dnieper, and Volga rivers, and the strips of land in southern Siberia (where northward expansion continues). With the influx of new Muslim settlers who convert to Mastoravism, the Mastoravic issue is resolved; polygamy and polyandry are considered sanctioned by the Faith. Paul Khan has his first son this year; little Alexander is christened in the construction building of the Cathedral of Holy Wisdom in New Sarai, which continues construction. Virtän also has a legitimate daughter, who he names Irine. A new baby also pops up in court, as Virtän has a new bastard, Theodore.
 * News continue to shock the Kingdom of Parthia as more nobles claim ancient descent. If they are to be trusted (as they are to be unwittingly, given that it it likely that, due to the demographics of human growth, they all did descend from their true millenial antecessors), four out of seven Old Parthian Houses (Dahae, Karen, Mihran and Ispadhuban) have been retrieved and given lines, although the Mihrans are first and foremost in power. The road network from the Taleshi/Dahae capital of Ardabil to Gorgan in the Golestani/Karen region begins to be constructed. Fortresses in the Alborz mountain range and in the major cities of the nation, including Tehran, Beybar, Qaemshahr, Rasht, Tehran, Qazvan and Zahin, as well as the main borders of the nation. The large-scale construction work, and the great farming of the fertile lands around the coast of the Caspian Sea improve the economy. The military also grows.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: At last wakes from a long period of isolation and slumber in 1580, as the courts of the city of Ñeƞdaqo once again experience growth. This time, however, rather than Buddhist armies of Chinese bakers, the ocurrence that intrigues the inhabitants of the city, which has now grown fairly populous, is the arrival of twenty thousand men from the Tatar court, who come to assure the loyalty of the sons of Mang Hangut. The Mangut are granted almost full autonomy, but are pressured into swearing fealty to the Tatar Khan. The Grand Kurultay in Qazan is glad to give the Nivkhs their right to expand their nation. Expansion down the coast of Sakhalin begins once again, at 3000 sq km. As poppy seeds, oranges and bananas arrive to the nation, the bakers of Ñeƞdaqo much rejoice. This expands the national population, as well as its economy. The population is quickly developed. A swarm of lemmings is displaced by the Tatar army when marching in, but the lemmings are given the right to return to the nation whenever they want.
 * The Khanate of Azov develops its military and its economy, as it continues growth. The population rapidly develops as great crop yields are measured this year. This leads to heavy economic development in the nation. The military also begins heavy government-sanctioned development. Mastoravism grows in the nation, becoming the absolute majority. The city of Özu-Cale becomes the largest city of the Khanate. Tatars from the nation begin moving away from the Dnieper river, toward the east bank and the Tartary itself.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also continues development. The Manghit become further centred in the nation, with more members of the family being made local princes in the nation, being granted titles around major cities such as Samarkand, Tashkent, Dushanbe, Ashgabat and many others.
 * Bajkal, Khiva, Chernihiv all develop military and economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy is drastically improved by deals from Indonesian nations, namely Selebar and Majaphit. The Scandinavian Spice Company continues to grow in power. In the meantime, coffee becomes another major export from Selebar and Siak. Scandianvia sends missionaries to Siak especially, trying to get rid of the Muslims in the area. As Scandinavia's holdings in Indonesia continue to consolidate, the holdings in Borealia also increase. Scandinavia makes Vinland a prime location for shipbuilding and other activities. This activity stimulates the economy as Scandinavia works drastically to recover from the Four Year's War and the war with Austria. Rome is offered a few loans to pay for damages. Scandinavia begins vassalizing Majapahit (Turn One of Three).
 * Brandenburg: The economy is expanded.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Selebar: The economy expands.
 * Siak: The economy is expanded.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. After seeing through the Treaty of Luxembourg, we ask for a military alliance with the nation of Austria to solidify our co-operation.
 * Guiana Colony: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equip with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. To better administrate the region, the territory of Brunei is separated from Malacca. We begin vassalizing Majapahit. We ask for an alliance with the nation of Dai Viet.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. We expand 20 pixels south, establishing the independent vassal of Borneo.
 * Zapoteca: The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1581
'''The religion of the former Novgorodian royalty, known as Jehovah Witness Orthodox, becomes steadily unpopular in the nation of Novgorod. Initially popular among some nobles and elite in the nation, following the overthrow of the dictatorship and the successful invasion of the Grand Duchy of Moscow and the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth the religion falls out of favor, with many of its initial supporters dead or forced to convert.'''

A meteorite makes landfall in Thuringia in the Holy Roman Empire.

'''Karaman, Diyabakir Ankara ally together and revolt from the Damascan Sultanate, forming the Turkish Sultanate, for the blatant removal of Turks from Anatolia against their will and their replacement with Arabs. (Scores undoubled: Military: 6, Economy: 6, Infrastructure: 4) They raise an army of 100,000 peasants and soldiers from local lords, who pledge a united front against the Damascan Sultanate.'''

Diyabakir, maybe would revolt, maybe. Karaman, definitely not. It was majoritly Arab already due to the Mamluks. And when I took it over begun becoming even more Arab. Definitely doesn't have enough Turks to revolt. Both of Diyabakir and Karaman are annexed into the empire. So it wouldn't be a one year revolt victory it go on for a couple years if they successfully rioted. And it wouldn't be a definite revolt. I say fine to Ankara, and I guess Diyabakir. But Karaman? No way. First of all Ankara was the only one migrating Turks. -SwankyJ

I have been reading over some of my turns. I can accept the fact that Diyabakir and Ankara have ceded and unionized. But Karaman was 70% Arabic, I can show you in a map of the ethnicity in Anatolia. I have also never moved Turks out of Karaman, simply more Arabs moved in from Antioch/Ramazan. -SwankyJ
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer trading rights to Egypt, and encourage them to begin adopting to Islam.
 * United Islamic Nations Dip: We extend the privilege of the allowance of the Sultanate of Timor into the UIN, to become and ally and a strong trading partner with the UIN.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Yemeni Sultanate: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhl was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan waa keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. We continued to expand and develop our military by producing more firearms and cannons as well as practicing new tactics. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. They imported of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. Meanwhile, our economy rose due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many people were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. [MOD RESPONSE]. Mil and Eco Turn.
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: Sultan Ahmad requests Sultan Sulimen II to halt their invasion of Oman due to the revolt by the Turks at Anatolia and offers to send troops as well as coffee to be used by the UIN army.
 * Damascan - Yemeni Diplomacy: Sultan Sulimen II agrees to a halt to the Oman invasion. The Sultan thanks Yemen for their support, and agrees that a counterattack to the this revolt will be immediate.
 * Yemeni - Somali Diplomacy: The Yemeni Sultan requests the Somali King, as to whether he would be willing to sell enclaves at the tip of the Horn of Africa and near its border with Eritrea in exchange for receiving military as well as economic aid and the deployment of Yemeni soldiers to protect the King from any threat. The Sultan also offered to have the Somali soldiers trained by Yemen and protection from various other African states and possible admittance as a candidate to become a future member of the United Islamic States (UIN). Refusal to accept the offer would result in a complete blockade which would starve the people of Somalia and its economy. [They Respond No]
 * Ayutthaya: Sorry, guys. It will take me a while to figure out my relations. We look at growing our relations to China and European colonial powers. We also focus on building stronger infrastructure and looking into military research. We begin to spread influence to Lanna and the Shan States. We are interested in trade with European nations to help build our economy.
 * ​Sukhothai: More growth in economy and investments into more farming.
 * Hispanian Dip: Hispania offers to trade with Ayutthaya but request that an enclave be bought if possible (out of the OTL Burma area)
 * Ayutthayan Dip: We accept and we are willing to offer an enclave for a reasonable price. However, we will keep strict military supervision around the area if you were to buy one. How much would you be offering?
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor asks whether the alliance between our nations from the early 1500s still stands.
 * Hispanian Dip: We will offer a large sum of Gold and silver for the territory (all of the OTL Burma sliver if you're willing) and in exchange will aid in any conquests against you for a period of 25-30 years.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: Missionary Injuns and Germans alike spread across the nation with Bibles written in German, spreading both the word of God and the words of German. We launch ten slave raids this year, totalling 780 Injuns, 130 of which are kept and the rest sold. We continue expansion 15 px inland as we are now boxed in.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: With the revolts in Novgorod over, 4000 troops are called back with 2000 remaining to aid Muscovite forces consolidate power. Tensions with the Republic of Pskov have risen due to the government’s support of Republican rebels within Novgorod. As punishment, we demand that Pskov may not colonize the Imperial Sea. Further talks with the General Sejm and the Privy Council suggest a declaration of war against the nation for directly attempting to begin insurrection within our ally’s boundaries. In the case the General Sejm vote for war, our military will be temporarily mobilized on our eastern border. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: We expand the island of St Stanislaus by four pixels. Local militia that have been hired from the Nowa Wspólnota Firma came in contact with several native tribes. All of which shortly died off after a month or two after coming in contact. It is believed that the tribes of the island aren’t resistant to European disease.
 * Zapoteca: The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her economy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. The king, regardless of his alliance with France, begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire itself also begins its second wave of investment into New Spain, New Granada and Cape Ferdinand using funds to increase returns on cash crops and other production elements. Emperor of Hispania, Don Phillip de Habsburg, dies of a heart attack during the night. Don Alejandro de Habsburg is crowned as Emperor of Hispania and king over all the various personal kingdoms held and tied to the imperial crown of Hispania. The transition is extremely smooth as the Emperor holds a grand feast and a military parade in honor of his father and the military prowess of Spain and her empire.
 * Dai Viet Diplomacy: We offer a trade agreement to the nation of Hispania.
 * Hispanian Dip: We agree.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian leagues mandates.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 620,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A Mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking. The 20 ships are used to prevent further Dai viet Trade posts from being established.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 *  Vorlayacor:'  The nation's industries, having expanded rapidly for decades, finally begin to have too much of an excess of supply compared to demand. We offer to trade crops, iron, wood, books, scrolls, ships, pottery, and iron to any interested parties. Interested parties may use Vorlayacoran ports as waypoints in global expeditions.'  In the meantime, the excess goes into upgrading the military's armor, cannons, and guns; the troops focus on strafing and clustering tactics. Our northwest border expands by 20 pixels.
 * County of Oldenburg: The town of Jacqueline has become the modern town despite only having existed for forty years. OHG sailors who visit are astonished by the sight of what appears to be an entirely normal Oldenburger town superimposed on the Borealian landscape. Theobald, whilst not as large, is still quite impressive, especially the church (which includes the reliquary of Saint Theobald). The Order of Saint Theobald sets up some missions throughout the territory, as well as some outside the territory (Neu Norderney expands 2000 px south). They meet with varying degrees of success, ranging from converting hundreds to being attacked.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Upon hearing of the asteroid that crashed in Thuringia, the university sends a group of scientists to find it and bring chunks of it back. The play festival is now the most anticipated event of the year, and it is named Bühnefest (stage-fest).
 * Westphalia: Scientists from multiple universities in the nation go to Thuringia to study the meteor. Multiple songs about the military are written by musicians. None get the spot of the Westphalian Glory March. King Wilhelm IV is disappointed that they have not received the pointy tree yet in Ludwigsburg. We improve infrastructure.
 * Mainz: We improve infrastructure.
 * East Trier: We improve infrastructure.
 * East Cologne: We improve infrastructure.
 * Pfalz: We improve infrastructure.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 398,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity.
 * Tsilhqot'in_Base_Map.png the coast, and into the valleys of OTL British Columbia, unrest has been the status quo. The peaceful and relatively sedentary Tsilhqot'in peoples, one of many mighty Athabaskan peoples in the region, in fear of the encroachment of their land by the "pale-faces," begin to organize. Stories from the ancesteral days tell of a mighty city to the East - a city of hills and mounds and immense wealth. The elders of the sedentary Tsilhqot'in peoples refuse to believe these stories, but the people, living in their longhouses and eating their freshly-caught food - fish and elk alike - tell these tales with more and more urgency. Soon, in the largest hamlet of the Tsilhqot'in peoples, a town called Tsi Del Del, mournful songs go out to the Great Sky Spirits, calling for deliverance of the pale-faces by the mighty city of mounds. These howling cries continue, day and night, for three months, until a miracle happens. A young Titunwan Lakota Sioux warrior, named Napay-shni Mato, rides past the village of Tsi Del Del on a Thunder-Bison, as swift as the mythical thunderbird, but as elegant as the mightiest buffalo to roam the praries. Napay-shni Mato is welcomed into the town of Tsilkotin as a redeemer, and is valued as the highest member of society until he mysteriously disappears, after having learned the native Athabaskan tongue of the Tsilhqot'in peoples. After receiving a number of omens, the Tsilhqot'in people begin to work harder, increasing productivity in fear of what they say will be the Great Stampede, where the world is crushed under the hooves of the thunder-bison. The elders deny all of this, but that does not stop a young warrior and medicine man, Yakez, from gaining increasing popularity amongst the crying Tsilhqot'in people of Tsi Del Del. Yakez travels to other large villages of the Tsilhqot'in, including Xeni Gwet'in and  Tl’etinqox, where they too are crying against the wills of the elders. A curse falls upon the people of the Tsilhqot'in - children and the elderly are being striken with fever, fatigue and vomitting, followed by red poxes, followed by large pus-filled rash-like lesions. This curse kills most elders in the community, leaving the citizens in panic, and they cry out even louder. Yakez calls the leaders from all of the great villages, from Tsi Del Del and  Xeni Gwet'in and  Tl’etinqox and many more, to establish a single government, linked by common faith in the Great Sky Spirits and language. Yakez's prowess as a speaker, and his successful prediction of the omens, lead to his ideas being accepted, creating the nation of Tsilhqot'in.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: We begin improving relations with the Romans and Tartary. The new king continues his work of Christianizing his principalities. Farming techniques improve. We work on some fleets to improve the Georgian army. A heir is born. Works on military
 * Armenia: Works on military. The Muslim population continues to shrink.
 * Rani: Works on military. The Muslim population continues to shrink.
 * Amier-Kavkasia: Works on military. The Muslim population continues to shrink.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The vassalization of Majapahit continues as Scandinavia works tirelessly to fit it in her mighty coffers (Vassalization Turn Two of Three). In the meantime, the Scandinavian Spice Company continues to pick up. In June of this year, an excellent harvest leads to an abundance of crops necessary for spice cultivation. The spice trade has boosted Scandinavia's economy considerably. The fur business also boosts the Scandinavian economy. Back home, King Markus establishes deals that draw Scandinavia closer to Mercantalism, especially in the Baltic. The military is expanded, bolstered with better guns. Three galleons are launched this year. The old frigate design is approached again by Scandinavian shipbuilders. A keel for a new, large type of frigate is placed in Copenhagen this year. Later this year, King Markus dies of a stroke. His son, Markus II, is coronated in November. Scandinavia makes it explicitly clear that, if Pskov disregards Spanish, Byzantine, and Scandinavian claims to Caribbean Islands, Scandinavia will have no choice but to remain neutral in any ensuing war.
 * Brandenburg The military is expanded.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its military.
 * Greater Ingria: The military is expanded.
 * Holstein: The military is expanded.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: The military is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The military expands.
 * Pomerania: The military expands.
 * New Gotland: The military expands.
 * Schleswig: The military expands.
 * Selebar: The military expands.
 * Siak: The military is expanded.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The military is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The military is expanded.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. The king's first son is born. His name is Hung. We start to vassalize Chagatia.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 *  ​' Tawatinsuyu: Military improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,266,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000), Chimu (21,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. 'With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to rebuild our city.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 106,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Ecnomy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 52, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 17, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Work continues to build a larger trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading with many of the native groups and the European colonisers. Econ turn. However, whilst trade with the Europeans is of benefit to Japanese interests, the Emperor looks with growing concern on the increasing power of Spain and the Netherlands, deciding that Japan must look toward closer ties with these increasingly powerful empires. At the same time, the military is not neglected, with continued investment particularly in the navy and in training soldiers with Dutch muskets. Imperial Shinto shrines and temples continue to be built throughout the Theocracy, providing a lucrative form of income in the form of donations and the tithes introduced under Ashikaga rule. The Emperor sends emissaries to the Ryukyu Kingdom, putting influence on the Ryukyu court to come under the control of the Theocracy. Turn one of one. The King is promised a large degree of autonomy, military protection and financial support in return for alleigence to Kyoto.
 * Uesugi Province: The Uesugi lands are made an integral province of the Theocracy, surrendering many powers to Kyoto. A governor is appointed to oversee rule from the capital, however the province remains semi-autonomous.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We accept the military alliance from the Netherlands, and begin trading in the area in an effort to improve relations. We also ask for a trade agreement with the Kingdom of Raigama, based on our mutual friend in the region.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor offers an alliance with the government of Dai Viet, as well as a trade agreement. The Fusahito Emperor also offers to guarantee the security of Dai Viet against hostile foreign powers.
 * Hispanian Dip: We Warn Dai viet that we have laid claim to the entirety of the Philippine Islands and the continued establishment of Trade posts or the pursuit of any claims in the area WILL lead to conflict.
 * Raigama Dip: We agree with a trade agreement between our two nations.
 * Raigama: In early January, King Samir I declared the First Raigama Island War against Kotte (see talk page). In this war the Kingdom is pressing its claims on the rest of Sri Lanka, and it is the first war to re-unify the island. Urdustan joins the war with its vassals, and the Netherlands support the war. Kotte is greatly outnumbered and overwhelmed by the forces. The capital of Jaffna has not been reached by the coalition, but so far about half of the country has been pillaged. King Samir also signed the Treaty of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte with the Netherlands. This treaty "'guarantees Raigama protection from other European powers, help with disease, and semi modernization in exchange, for use of manpower, resources, and the set up of Raigama becoming a protectorate of the Netherlands". Although Raigama has become a protectorate under the Dutch realm, they still retain their monarchy and part of their sovereignty. Some Raigaman troops are supplied with Dutch weapons. Dutch language and currency influences Raigama. Although at war, Raigama continues to build infrastructure. Raigama continues to build up its economy. King Samir turns 49.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. In early January, Ivan Nelipić, Knyaz of Trst gives the title to his son, King of Croatia, Božidar. During a short personal union, Božidar integrates Trst into the kingdom by connecting it with Croatia and landlocking Slovenia.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Pskov's arsenal continues to produce ships for the Navy as well as the merchants coming over the border. The Pskov University's Academy of Sciences vows that by the end of the decade have compiled an astronomical compendium wihin the the accuracy of one arcsecond. Meanwhlile, a new technique in rifling is invented and improved upon, and the Prince orders his personal honour guard to be armed not only with muskets but with rifle muskets (around 100 people). anyway, the Pskovian traders begin to make more and more money as the rebels continue losing ground in Novgorod, and more and more of them, and others that do not want to live under Muscovian rule flock toward the border of Pskov, the Repubnlic welcoming them into their nation with open arms, many of them settling in the outskirts of cities but many more deciding for a more simple life in the rural country. Efficiency in farming is improved by the use of whatever new tools should have been invented by now in Europe. Meanwhile, spices and sugarcane become popular, and the new trade post, instead of once shipment a year begins receiving them at least once a month, as the profit margins increase. Meanwhile, a certain buyer begins experimenting on how to refine sugarcane into, well, pure sugar. Pskov sends an expedition to circumnavigate the entire world, and to map it to their best habilities, the fleet will consist of two galleons, four frigates, and ten scooners. Resupply is scheduled to go on in the trade post, with the natives and whatnot. Meanwhile, more of the "Lesser Antillies" are being explored by the tempoorary inhabitants of the trade posts for spices they could sell to Europe. Gold flows in the direction of Pskov, who uses it to promote themselves, earning visitors from many nations, and more immigrants from Russian states. More banks open in Europe, and the first branch of Ryusybank opens in the tatary's capital of Qazan, and the Pskovian People are duely greatful, as the mutual diplomatic relations of the two nations begin to finally warm after many years of tensions, due, Pskov sends more invitiations to the ambassadorial village.
 * ​Hispanian Dip: Noticing that Pskov's ships are in the Imperial sea, we request that Pskov avoid setting up any trade posts or settlements on Spanish held islands or land as to avoid conflict
 * Pskov Ambasador: All right, Just point me toward the islands I should avoid and I will happily avoid them.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (NEEDS MOD RESPONSE PLEASE): The Urdustani Emperor wishes to take the hand in marriage of the second daughter of the Sultanate of Multan.
 * Mod Response: They accept.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land which mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. To better adminstrator the region of Salzburg, it is released as an external vassal, championed by Archbishop Leopold von Wellenburg, chancellor of the Holy Roman Empire. With the ruler of Austrian Switzerland dying with no heir, it becomes in personal union with Austria, being renamed to St Gallens.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. In the same area, Roman troops and supplies take part in the war in India, although the Empire does not commit to a full declaration of war. A fleet of ships also takes part, attacking Indian vessels. Local militias and mercs also take part supporting the Urdus. As part of the Indian war, the Maldives are occupied to provide a larger staging ground In the war. A ship sails south to the Chagos islands and also secures their nominal loyalty to the Roman state. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. In Phoenicia, the region has become stable enough for it to be elevated to that of an Archonate, and a Grand Prince of Phoenicia is crowned. To combate the influence of the new Ottoman state, expansion into the disorganized state takes place. The Roman military relies on support by native Greeks, and they also focus on restoring order into the region rather than force Turks out. Bandits and warlords are targetted and removed as they are found.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Yamasee: The colony continues to expand north and inland by 20 pixels each as the war with Hamburg ends and the colony of New Hamburg is dissolved. Most of the Germans there are steadily deported, although those that remain are mainly those that were not from Hamburg. The Roman military garrison there is deployed to maintain order while others immigrate in. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely cotton.
 * Roanoke: The colony expands inland by 10 pixels and south by 10 pixels. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely rice, tobacco, cotton, hemp, and indigo.
 * Powhatan: The colony continues to expand east by 20 pixels to help secure the region. More colonists travel there as the cash crop boom continues, namely tobacco in this region.
 * In the Mississippian Confederation, the drafting of the Charter is well underway. Its plan is to lay out the exact details of the confederation as well as establish the rights of the confederate states. Many consider this to be use of the tactic of devolution. The theory of méritekratos continues to be developed and accepted more and more widely. Intermarriage continues as a more and more accepted policy, as the first generations of mixed-blood people come of age. The reproduction of horses, including the breeding of faster and faster horses, continues with great success. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. In Cahokia, Émeric Desjardin continues to build the Université de Cahokia. Furthermore, construction on the Kankakee-Gichigami Canal (1589) continues but the estimated completion is pushed a year forward to 1588. In Moundville, infrastructural improvements are made throughout the region, and farming produces more and more profitable crops. Similar plans are underway in Parkin, which trades more and more with the French, but maintains the initial Mississippian culture. Etowah grows closer to the Roman colonies, and the increase in trade has brought about increased desire of protection by the Roman Empire, which is extremely strong. Odawa grows up to Aksimiki, and builds up defences against possible Scandinavian incursions. Santee's opinion of the French continues to decline, and more and more Sioux advocate unity under the Mississippian government to counter the French threat. Aksimiki, missionary activity is extremely high. The conversion of many to Catholicism brings about greater prosperity as better trade abilities are available to them. In Erie, construction of the Allegheny-Genesee Canal (1585), continues as planned. In Natchez, the focus is shifted on creating a "European style" port at OTL New Orleans. The rumors of Spanish help turn out false, but Roman and French aid is enlisted. All of the Confederate States expand their economies.
 * Yamasee_enclave.pngYamasee offers to buy a piece of land from Mississipia so Yamasse could park her ships and trade with her there.
 * Missippia declines to sell part of Natchez to Yamasee, but we allow them to use the port at OTL New Orleans (name still TBD) in order to encourage trade.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economy build up and vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Two of Ten) The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand.
 * Southern Persia: Economy build up continues after the Rebuildment Era.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1581, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1580, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 478 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. Neu Bayern expands 150 sq km northward up the island, 50 sq km eastward onto mainland Borealia (OTL Vancouver City), and 50 sq km eastward in an area north of OTL Vancouver City.

1582
'''Pope Telesphorus III decrees, by the papal bull Inter gravissimas of 24 February 1582, that the day after Thursday, 4 October 1582 shall be not Friday, 5 October, but Friday, 15 October 1582. The new calendar will replace the Julian calendar, in use since 45 BC, and has since come into universal use. Because of Telesphorus' involvement, the reformed Julian calendar came to be known as the Telesphorian calendar.'''


 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Recovery from the war continues. Many citizens continue to feel spiteful toward Bavaria and Queen Catherine due to the decision to betray their ally. Duke Otto remarks, "Future generations will come to forgive, but forgiving isn't the hard part. Forgetting is impossible" The colonies of Williamburg, Neu Lüneburg, and Neu Braunschweig see fortifications made for defense. In the Friedrich Inseln, shipyards are constructed to construct larger ships with the advancing technology. Infrastructure projects begin.


 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities. The Prussians declare war on Pskov in support of their allies in Poland and Muscovy.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Angered by Pskov’s aiding of the Republican Novgorodians, we declare war on Pskov to retake our Russian territory.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * LX OOC: You do realize that what I did is I saw the Mod event and said: well this is a good way to get friendlier with the probably new government that will appear ... and then let the republicans come over to Pskov free of charge ...*sigh* anyway, I guess on with the show ...
 * Westphalia: We ask Hispania to marry Ludwig IV to Alexsis and Eva to Marcos. Meanwhile, after many years, Ludwig III and Wilhelm III return to Westphalia, re-uniting with their noble von Hessen families. They are given a large estate in recently-conquered Munster, where they shall jointly rule the province. Their nobility is given back to them officially. Meanwhile, Wilhelm IV. We take the new calendar, and begin to devise a way to more efficiently run the development of the economy, military, and infrastructure. For this year, the economy is improved.
 * Mainz: For this year, the economy is improved.
 * East Trier: For this year, the economy is improved.
 * East Cologne: For this year, the economy is improved.
 * Palatine: For this year, the economy is improved.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commownealth: After much decision with the General Sejm and following the choice of our ally Muscovy, our government sends a declaration of war to the nation of Pskov. Several thousand troops are sent to aid our ally. Stockpiled siege weapons have been sent along and our nation’s reserves have been mobilized. To keep our vessels safe, they have docked at Gdansk and are heavily guarded coastal defenses. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: We expand the island of St Stanislaus by 200 km (4 px). Local militia that have been hired from the Nowa Wspólnota Firma came in contact with several native tribes. All of which shortly died off after a month or two after coming in contact. It is believed that the tribes of the island aren’t resistant to European disease.
 * Scandinavian Empire: This year opens on a low note; Markus II is found dead in his quarters. Assassination is blamed for his death. The throne passes to Markus II's youngest son, Krisoffer. The 19-year-old becomes the Scandinavian King and Jarl of Her realms. He finishes the vassalization of Majapahit (Turn Three of Three) and works on sending Christian missionaries to Scandinavia's Indonesian holdings. Due to Majapahit's size, it is split into two holdings; Majapahit and Wanin. This will make the area much easier to manage. The Scandinavian Spice Company begins to dominate the area. The nation sends settlers to integrate the area into Scandinavia's culture. In the meantime, the New Gotland area is considered to be 'funny integrated into Scandinavian culture and customs'. A massive party for King Kristoffer takes place this year. Scandinavia works on improving its military.
 * Brandenburg The economy of Brandenburg is expanded as roads and routes to other German states, especially Bavaria, are created. Markets in the nation are created to sell products from Brandenburg and surplus from Pomerania.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy. Roads to towns are replaced due to rampant erosion caused by the particularly harsh winters in the area. New roads are also created for more efficient commerce.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded. Ingria mobilizes its military and is placed on watch in case hostilities from Pskov spill into the area. A flock of refugees into Elsagrad during the war leads to the city being swamped with people.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded. Roads to Bavaria are created as roads to Lubeck are created. Roads to Schleswig are rebuilt after their misuse by Hamburg.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded. The Icelandic ports are renovated for traveling ships, Scandinavian or otherwise. King Kristoffer takes a trip to Iceland this year and reports enjoying himself. Iceland considers building a vacation home for Kristoffer, the royal family, and important officials of Scandinavia.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km. Like Ingria, Karelia prepares for hostilities in Pskov to only worsen and mobilizes its military. Karelia also builds roads to Saami settlements and rebuilds roads that have been weathered by the harsh Karelian winters.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands. Ports are renovated and roads are restored. Pomerania generates much revenue for Scandinavia and Her allies. Surplus supplies are sent to Brandenburg markets.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year, New Gotland becoming a shining beacon for hope of Native/European co-operation in the coming years. Thousands flock to the New Copenhagen Games in Vinland this year.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands. Construction on the University of Scheswig begins, the vassal entering the world of Academia. Roads to Holstein, Lubeck and Scandinavian Denmark are created.
 * Selebar: The economy expands. New ports are built, including Port Avsamarta (Port of Sumatra), which becomes a key location for the Scandinavian Spice Comlany. A privateer in the company buys an old ship from the Seventh Scandinavian Fleet. Called Sveilheim, the ship begins doing runs for the Scandinavian Spice Company.
 * Siak: The economy is expanded. The 'Sveilheim arrives in Siak for renovations. Port Avsak is founded in Siak for the Scandinavian Spice Company.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved. The Borealis Trail, a road from Strombek to Vinland and New Gotland, is planned. Groundwork begins this Autumn.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded. To celebrate how far the colonies have come, the first New Copenhagen Games take place. The festival grounds, on OTL Broadway, are constructed on a Native road. A performance of Beowulf becomes a hit during the festival.
 * Kingdom and Protectorate of Raigama: Raigaman troops reach the enemy capital, Kandy. To end the First Raigaman Island War, King Samir I signed the Treaty of Kandy. This treaty states that the independent state of Kotte will become a vassal of Raigama. This turn is officially dedicated to the military, and more specifically the navy. Some Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch becomes a minor language. Dutch becomes a minor culture. Raigama switches currencies from the original Raigaman Rajakaas to the Dutch Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. Some small Dutch ships are integrated into the Raigaman navy. Some small ships are sent to trade and explore waters around Raigama and India. Raigaman army increases. Raigaman military are given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. The Raigaman economy is expanded.
 * Grand State of Kotte: Government is reconstructed under Raigaman rule. Military and infrastructure improve due to Raigama. Population increases as some Raigamans migrate inland to Jaffna. The economy expands.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her economy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. The king, regardless of his alliance with France, begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian leagues mandates.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 620,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A Mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking. The 20 ships are used to prevent further Dai viet Trade posts from being established.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Ayutthaya: We start adopting many gunpowder techniques used by Hispania after trade started and we start using special units and out them into training. We continue to influence Lanna to the north in hope that they will unify to create a stronger Asia. We start developing better schools and farming. We also look at improving agriculture in Sukhothai.
 * Ayutthaya Dip: To Fusahito we happily accept your offer for an alliance to create a stronger Asia. We also request trade between our nations and that we can share each others military technology.
 * Ayutthaya Dip: To Hispania unfortunately, we are not willing to give away (OTL Burma) to you as this is simply more that we are prepared to give. You can still follow through with an enclave but we are certainly not willing to give away large amounts of our land. Ayutthaya aims to create strong relations with Europe, and not to be conquered by them.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor accepts the Ayutthaya proposition of trade and removes all taxes on imports/exports to/from the Kingdom. As per their request, craftsmen are sent from the Theocracy to instruct the Ayutthaya in Japanese swordmaking and ship building.
 * Hispanian Dip: We will still agree to the purchase of the enclave.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy grows, along with the trading and banking sectors. A group of families is paid to settle in Neu Baltrum to bolster the population and ensure the continued Oldenburger presence on the island.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Student-written stories are compiled into an anthology this year, and the Prince-Bishop commissions an annual anthology to showcase the talent of the students at the university.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We continue to vassalize Chagatia.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Ayutthaya Dip: We offer Tibet trade.
 * Yemeni Sultanate: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhl was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan waa keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. We continued to expand and develop our military by producing more firearms and cannons as well as practicing new tactics. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. They imported of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. Meanwhile, our economy rose due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many people were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Three of Ten). The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. Mil and Eco Turn.
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: Sultan Ahmad declares that Yemen will stand beside the Damascan Sultanate in their war against the Turkish rebels and as many as 20,000 people volunteer to fight against the Turkish rebels whereas 5000 Yemeni soldiers are sent. Supplies such as coffee are sent as well.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,2,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000), Chimu (21,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to rebuild our city.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 110,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, Navy, and Economy Improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Pskov, surprised by the attack by the Russians, vows never to let the bruning of the city happen again. Pskov, in light of the declarations of war, confiscate all assets of merchants from the nations going to war with it, using them, paradoxically, as both bargaining chips, and to fight the war against their own countrymen. All their money they had is taken, unless, of course, they agree to move to Pskov and pay the "fee" (which included most of their assets, but at least they were free) asociated with moving their practice to Pskov. Many of these merchants change sides quickly, and the more patriotic ones become beggars on the streets due to the actions of their governement,s somewhat enriching Pskov and it uses that money to purchase more weapons from local weaponsmiths, including cannons, mortars, and muskets and swords and stuff. The Pskovian Armies quickly react to the declaration of war, and the wartime economy goes into effect. The Veche, seeing the growing armies on their borders, agree to institute conscription in the nation. The weaponsmiths are temporarily banned from selling weapons abroad, and instead are selling them to the governement. The city of Pskov and others are being really well defended, and defences are set up across the nation in wait for the attacking armies. THe musket-armed Proffessional Guardsmen are supplaneted by the draftees that are armed with some outdated but still effective equipment. During wartime though, it has come to the attention of the Veche that almost every musket has a different calibre of bullet, and decide that it be best that for government use, only a standardized calibre would be used, and everything else for civilian use. However, this can only come into effect after the war, and in the new weapons. anyway, some traps are set in the woods were approaching armies are seen, and Pskov hopes that it can stay from invasion. Prussian armies are almost easy to fight, and early success is had, since they can only invade through a small sliver of land.
 * Also, the border is a river sooo ... the Nizhegorodsk Garrison is going quite well repelling the invaders for now. However, lands to the East are lost quickly, as the armies of Russia and Novgorod quickly outnumber the sparsely populated eastern territory. More Novgorodian republicans decide that it is time to pick up the fight, and they are the first to sign up for conscription, many of them still having the weapons given to them by Pskov during their rebellion. Republicans in Novgorod decide to defect to Pskov, seeing as their cause is lost, and their democratic brethren need their help. Many people start sabotage operaitons independant of Pskov inside territory occupied this year, and thankfully, the forces of Pskov manage to keep the enemy at bay, and far from the city, where crops are beings stored and more and more cannons being hastily build, and defences along a series of frontlines. each more armed than the last. The Prince takes command of the forces. The Pskovian Navy, outnumbering the Polish one and having much more experience, has some great victories, and many of the merchant fleet ships aid as well, as the Veche approves of the first "letters of Marque", allowing traders to attack and raid enemy ships in the baltic or anywhere else, and take their loot and whatnot, but without sanctioning their actions. These "Kapers (Corsairs/Privateers)" roam the seas, looking for Polish and Prussian merchat ships, disrupting their trade routes. So far, No death yet, although depending on certain factors, it may come soon. Pskov sends diplomats to many nations of Europe, calling for aid in repelling the invaders, amongst these are the Tatary, Croatia, Scandinavia, Hispania, Netherlands, and esentially every German state. The Peipus Flotilla doing its job in safeguarding the lake on which the city sits from being invaded, also the Narva river, Pskov is able to still greet diplomats.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Work continues to build a larger trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading with many of the native groups and the European colonisers. Econ turn. However, whilst trade with the Europeans is of benefit to Japanese interests, the Emperor looks with growing concern on the increasing power of Spain and the Netherlands, deciding that Japan must look toward closer ties with these increasingly powerful empires. At the same time, the military is not neglected, with continued investment particularly in the navy and in training soldiers with Dutch muskets. Imperial Shinto shrines and temples continue to be built throughout the Theocracy, providing a lucrative form of income in the form of donations and the tithes introduced under Ashikaga rule.
 * Uesugi Province: More powers are surrendered to Kyoto and economic reforms continue, with the implementation of the Gintsuka currency system and the introduction of tithes.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: The Ryukyu King swears fealty to the Fusahito Emperor, declaring the Kingdom's subservience to the Theocracy in perpetuity. In return, the Emperor recognises the right of the Ryukyu royal family to rule the island chain, with a high degree of autonomy from Kyoto. Economic reforms begin to bring the Kingdom in line with the rest of the Theocracy, with the introduction of the Gintsuka currency system and the conversion of the population to Imperial Shinto.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: We begin improving relations with the Romans and Tartary. The new king continues his work of Christianizing his principalities. Farming techniques improve. We work on some fleets to improve the Georgian army. A heir is born. Works on economy. joins ETC.
 * Armenia: Works on economy. The Muslim population continues to shrink.
 * Rani: Works on economy. The Muslim population continues to shrink.
 * Amier-Kavkasia: Works on economy. The Muslim population continues to shrink.
 * Pskov Dip: The Prince asks for aid in repelling the Russian Invaders.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economy build up and vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Three of Ten) The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand. This year marks the 50th anniversary of the Reestablishment of Mansurryia and thus there is a huge parade in the center of Baghdad where we have a recruitment campaign in order to help our closest ally, The Damascan Sultanate. It is also a time of reflection. From The Great Mansuryian Purge, To The Mosque Model, To The Great Safavid Union and the Great Safavid War under the Interim Government, to the Rebuildment Era under Sultan Amir and now the Economic Era continued under Sultan Amir.
 * Southern Persia: Economy build up continues after the Rebuildment Era. We send 5k soldiers and supplies to the war
 * Mansurryian Dip:  We decide to stand by our closet ally, The Damascan Sultanate and as many as 30,000 men sign up to help against the Turkish Rebels but only 10,000 are sent. We also send supplies.  We also request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey.'''
 * Vorlayacor: We continue to offer a trade agreement and docking rights to any nation interested; we offer, among other things, gold, silver, lumber, crops, and iron. The northwest border grows by another 20 pixels. Official Ngenism and Christianity both gain continued popularity. Both organizations fund infrastructure initiatives in the developing northwest provinces.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The King issues the creation of a new flag and a new coat of arms that will suit the newly acquired territories. (will make new flag and new coa by the end of the turn)
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. In the same area, Roman troops and supplies take part in the war in India, although the Empire does not commit to a full declaration of war. A fleet of ships also takes part, attacking Indian vessels. Local militias and mercs also take part supporting the Urdus. As part of the Indian war, the Maldives are occupied to provide a larger staging ground In the war. A ship sails south to the Chagos islands and also secures their nominal loyalty to the Roman state. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. In Phoenicia, the region has become stable enough for it to be elevated to that of an Archonate, and a Grand Prince of Phoenicia is crowned. To combate the influence of the new Ottoman state, expansion into the disorganized state takes place. The Roman military relies on support by native Greeks, and they also focus on restoring order into the region rather than force Turks out. Bandits and warlords are targetted and removed as they are found.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 52, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 17, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * The recently formed, and quite shaky, nation of Tsilhqot'in, under the leadership of Yakez, who is the de facto leader of the Athabaskan people, continues to stabilize from the death of their elderly in the past year. The power void that has been left allows Yakez to consolidate control into one person. He plays off of the failure of the elders to read the omens from the Great Sky Spirits in order to gain even greater power. In the late winter, Napay-shni Mato returns, with a contingent of 300 other young braves from the Titunwan Lakota people. Mato and Yakez, who can communicate in the native Chilcotin tongue, discuss many things. The Sioux tribesmen educate the Tsilhqot'in, and gift hundreds of thunder-bisons to the native peoples. The legends of the great mound cities of great wealth are proven to be true by the Titunwan - stories of the great nation of Mississippia are heard. Suddenly, the lamentations seems to stop throughout the coast and valleys. The pale-face threat, while still present, seems much smaller with the aid of 300 crack Sioux troops. The Titunwan Lakota, who hate the French pale-faces, deem the Bavarians to be equally evil. Yakez is convinced by the impassioned speeches of Napay-shni Mato, and decides to test the military might of his new nation. Calling upon other tribal nations in the area, Napay-shni Mato begins to organize resistance against the evil "pale-faces." The call is taken up by the  Nuxalk and Heiltsuk who send men to be trained by the Sioux warriors. Before the year is out, the military is entirely ready to handle the Neu Bayern threat. On the night of a blood-red harvest moon (the Xàn Dís), a powerful omen of war and ruin, Yakez addresses his braves, calling upon the Great Sky Spirits. "Today, brethren, we mobilize to retake our land from the pale-faces and their evil hatred. We shall destroy their houses, raze their fields, and murder every last one of them." The mobilized army then marches into Neu Bayern from Tsi Del Del, destroying the crops along the way. They arrive, via the thunder-bison, to the hamlet of  Katharinas-Hafen, which they attack throughout the winter. Back in Tsi Del Del, Yakez orders the exploration of the coast of the Tléix'Ísh (Pacific Ocean). Meanwhile, people of the Kwakiutl are integrated along the coast, adding expansion to the north. The Kenpesq’t people (a Sepwepemc tribe) are organized by some expansion-minded young followers of Yakez.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 420,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Two metal-working houses are established this year by a man named Kurum Kuneneli, after he - when in the Library reading new arrivals - reads of this technique by a German man who made rifling.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1582, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Also, Queen Catherine orders there to be a census to be taken and presented to her next year.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1582, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 478 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. In other news, the BBC send several warnings to the nearby Tsilhqot'in, ordering them to cease all attacks and movements on the colony. If they do not comply, war will be declared with the support of the entire country. Neu Bayern expands 100 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 50 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of OTL Vancouver City, and a final 50 sq km northward up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 40 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.5 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand to 5000 warships by 1600. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. The Emperor falls ill towards the end of the year- not surprising, since he's nearly 80. Only China's massive medical knowledge have kept him alive so long, but at this point, it's unlikely he'll survive. We continue to trade with nations like Dai Viet, Ayutthaya, and all those tiny European fuckers, while drawing up a treaty with Spain to trade Pegu for 200 years of free trade, peace, and massively inflated prices on silk, gold, porcelain, etc. The army begins training maneuvers, with almost two million soldiers, mostly militia, being drawn up; it is said that when the armies (There are seven of them) march, the Earth itself shakes. There are seven armies; six armies of 300,000 and one army of the elite 100,000 soldiers. The six normal armies are broken up into two corps of 150,000 each, which in turn are broken up into six divisions of 25,000 soldiers, broken up into five regiments of 5000 soldiers, broken up into five battalions of 1000, broken up into five companies of 200 each, broken up into four platoons of 50 each, broken up into five squads of ten each. The elite army has no corps; it goes straight into the 25,000 man division level.
 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. A wedding is held between the Urdustani Emperor and his new wife, اچھا لگتا ہے کہ کچھ (Acchā laga rahā hai ki kucha), in the Urdustani capital of Pandua. Celebrations continue for three days, in which money is given to the poor, the bride and groom ride on a decorated elephant through the streets, and ceremonies commence in the palace to where a feast for the families commences.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years.
 * Zapoteca: The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1583
The volcano Billy Mitchell erupts this year in OTL Papua New Guinea.

'''East of the Kalahari, between the fellow Khoisan nations of |onte and !Xóõnte, more tribes begin to adopt more advanced tactics, especially the ǂ’Amkoe in OTL central Botswana. They begin settling down in more developed societal systems. Herero in the Namib and !Kung-Jul’hoan in the Kalahari itself also begin developing rapidly.'''

'''Organised religion begins showing its first signs in the Australian tribes around Uluru, where some tribesmen begin teaching standardised creation myths to the people around. These tribesmen become strong amongst their tribes.'''

'''Finding common ground opposing growth of Hawaiian influence in the region, the main Western Fijian tribe, based around the Cannibal Kings of Nadi, is able to manage to arrange for the other minor tribes of Viti Levu to join under their banner. Those small tribes that resist (most notably along Suva and Rakiraki) are defeated and cannibalised, and their bones made part of the throne of the Cannibal King.'''

'''The Tongan peoples, also annoyed at recent Hawaiian influence, begin re-centralising their power under the Kings of Tu’i Tonga. The King of Tonga, from the Tuʻi Haʻatakalaua line, promises to restore their original governance over the nation from Niue to the Solomon Islands.'''



'''The nation of Mississippia experiences a devastating flood, which damages many cities along the Mississippi RIver. The breakdown of infrastructure only helps to accelerate the spread of European-based disease, which spreads fast throughout the nation, killing thousands and causing panic. The matter is made worse when Great Chief Zacharie of Mississippia dies unexpectedly from disease, causing many to lose faith in the central government and attempt to take power themselves. Several nations rebel, establishing independent nations. The north is split between the Erie, Susquehannock (Susquehanna), Shawanwa (Shawnee), Bodeqadmik (Potawatomi), Twightwee (Miami), Ho-Chunk (Winnebego), Mamaceqtaw (Menominee), Anishinabeg (Ojibwe), Goojijwininiwag (Rainy Lake), Wazhashk-Onigamininiwag, Odawa, Baawitigowininiwag (Sault St Marie), Misi-zaagiwiniwag (Mississaugas), Odishkwaagamiig (Nippissing), Wyandotte (Huron), Tionontati (Petun), Attawandaron (Neutral), Asakiwaki (Sauk), Meskwaki (Fox), Kiwigapawa (Kickapoo), and others, in various degrees of centralization. In the south the region splits among the Ani’yunwi’ya (Cherokee), Koasati (Coushatta), Chickasha (Chickasaw), Chahta (Croctaw), Mvskoke Etvlwv (Creek), Thimogna (Timurcua), Niukonska (Osage), Neutache (Missouria), Ugakhpa (Quapaw), Yoron (Turica), Yuk’hiti ishak (Atakapa), and various minor tribes in Florida and the southern Mississippi. The many cultures in the former empire clash heavily, with the far north being dominated by the Algonquian - Iroquoian rivalry, the Ohio region being dominated by the Port Ancient Cultrue, the northwest by the Oneota, and the south by the South Appalachian Missippian, Plaquemine, and Caddoan Mississippian cultures, with the towns remaining loyal to the House of Antinanco being centered around the Middle Mississippian culture. (Undoubled scores for all centralized nations: Military: 8, Economy: 7, Infrastructure: 5.)'''

'''It's a shame PM3 is now ASB-Environmental. Until now we have had pretty accurate mod events. Until now ... ''' 18:55, August 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * All right, where is the link to this event IOTL? Oh wait, it did not happen. No floods, no nothing. So, I think this should be partly redone. Additionally, the land that is left in the former state of Cahokia (now to be called Illinikew) is quite small. The entirety of that state minus Michigami would remain under the rule of the House of Antinanco.  20:28, August 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * When Viva's nations were destroyed for being ASB, I turned away and did nothing. Now my nation is being destroyed. Do not look away, lest you may be next on the chopping block, with your nation, your hours of dedicated editing, all of it, down the drain by some fake flood.
 * Time for me to debunk this entire event:


 * 1) There were not any floods of the Mississippi River IOTL in 1583. Therefore, no floods would have taken place ATL.
 * 2) Our infrastructure is not along the Rivers entirely. We also have roads/trails and thousands of horses that allow for fast transporation. The flood would not have affected the Great Lakes so our huge canoe fleet up there would serve to unite the entire region.
 * 3) To call us centralized is quite the overexaggeration. We are a confederation, in which the states have the ultimate power. The Chiefs of these states have a vested interest in maintaining the status quo. In this scenario, you are assuming that all the Chiefs would just allow their states to fall apart. They would not do this. Also, the loss of Zacharie isn't that much of a loss as he is a weak leader. Read any of my posts. Under his rule, the power is held by a cadre of advisers. The concept of meritekratos (OTL meritocracy) is pretty much underway in the nation. Therefore, we have the best leaders possible to lead the nation, regardless of a lackluster Great Chief.
 *  20:45, August 3, 2014 (UTC)

'''At this point in time, you can fairly easily butterfly a flood. Your other points are correct, though.''' Bfoxius (talk)

'''"Not everyone can have an industrialized, liberal, stable, peaceful nation." - Eip (All I will say on the matter)'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Portugal adopts the Telesphorian calendar.
 * Yemeni Sultanate: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. We continued to expand and develop our military by producing more firearms and cannons as well as practicing new tactics. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. They imported of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. Meanwhile, our economy rose due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King about how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many people were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Four of Ten). The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. Mil and Eco Turn
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 443,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli gives 300 of his newly made guns to Mon IV, who is thrilled to have the new guns. Mon VII, son of Mon VI, proclaims himself Rikisi, and travels to ǂ’Amkoe tribal lands to help found ǂ’Amkoete, bringing with him books and other learning material. (mod response)
 * Ayutthaya: We thank Fusahito for accepting our trade and alliance and Hispania for trade. We start to strengthen our navy and we continue to influence the region of Lanna. Crops have been successful in Sukhothai and are returning profit and growing our economy. We would like to trade our crops with other nations for technology. Our military continues to grow and we continue developing and training gunpowder units.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.


 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.


 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Zapoteca reaches out to some of the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, to establish new trade routes. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

'''Can someone post for me untl next Friday after I come back from my grandparents house please. - Scarlet''' Mansurryian Dip:  ' '''We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead, we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey.'''
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our invasion of the Pskov Republic continues, troops soon breach the city and topple the nation’s government. In the Imperial Sea, several ships of ours land on the Pskov colony with a hundred or so troops. They quickly sweep through the island and capture the miniscule amount of ships that the Pskovians had to protect it. Sailors from the Commowealth have been brought to the Imperial Sea to man these ships and protect the interests of the Commonwealth.  The colony has been absorbed by the government of the Polish Imperial Isles and the Pskovian colonists have been kicked out and sent back to Pskov. At least 120 colonists from Gdansk arrive to continue building the colony.  Due to its current state, we are willing to sell the rights to this colony to another colonial power of our favor. Troops from the war remain at post to assist the Prussians and Muscovites until their war is finished. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: We expand the island of St Stanislaus by 200 km (4 pixels). Local militia that have been hired from the Nowa Wspólnota Firma came in contact with several native tribes. All of which shortly died off after a month or two after coming in contact. It is believed that thetribes of the island aren’t resistant to European disease. Our new territory that has been acquired from Pskov does not continue any progression.
 * Uhmmmm ... you did not topple Pskov's government, even with current numbers (which grossly underestimate Pskov's military as stated on talk). It would take three to five years, not the one the war is going on for. Somebody please cross this out.-Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 04:19, August 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * Done and Done 
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. With the war over against Pskov, we sign the Treaty of Pskov, officially dismantling their government.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Uhmmmm ... you did not topple Pskov's government, even with current numbers (which grossly underestimate Pskov's military as stated on talk), it would take three-to-five years, not the one the war is going on for. Somebody please cross this out.-Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 12:20, August 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: Military is built up. The Landwehr has grown into a respectable force, and nowadays it has an annual week of training in the summer. A regiment of Landwehr is raised in Neu Norderney. Due to population limitations, it is of course smaller than its European equivalents.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The University has a week in which it invites noblemen and rich merchants from far and wide to look inside the facilities. The idea is that the noblemen and rich merchants will support the university with money and children.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We continue to vassalize Chagatia. We are now trade partners with Ayutthaya.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Kingdom and Protectorate of Raigama: This turn is dedicated to growth of military and economy. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. More Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. More and more often the Rajakaas is being phased out by the Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. More small Dutch ships are integrated into the navy. Some of the navy is sent to trade and explore waters around India. The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, but more people are migrating inland to Kotte. King Samir I turns 51. King Samir starts විනෝදය (Vinooda) Festivals, in attempt to still keep Raigaman culture, while still being influenced by the Dutch. King Samir offers a trade agreement to the Empire of Urdustan. King Samir also requests to join the Indian League. (If the Netherlands does not agree with the trade agreement, it can be called off.)
 * Grand State of Kotte: Population increases more than usual, due to people migrating inland. Most sieged villages from the previous war are rebuilt. Kotte builds up its military and economy.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her economy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. The king, regardless of his alliance with France, begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. Hispania, defiant of Austria's attempt of resurgence in Central Europe after the previous devastating war, declares against Austria supporting Croatia in a united front. 35,000 troops are sent to Italy to fight against Austria, and another 15,000 troops are drawn up to keep the Homeland together.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. Italy declares war on Austria sending 30,000 troops and raising another 20,000 to defend.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy declares war on Austria and sends 10,000 troops and blockades with its entire fleet.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa declares war and sends about 10,000 ships and supports a Spanish patrol of the Mediterranean.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy declares war on Austria sending about 10,000 loyal forces to fight.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000. Modena declares war on Austria, sending about 2000 troops.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna sends troops and deploys 3000 troops.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope excommunicates the ruler of Austria for his outright attempt to wage war and continue to harm the solidarity of Christendom so early after Muslim powers have aligned against Europe
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The Kingdom of Morocco angered by Austria's blatant spurning and defamation of the empires honor attacks Mellilia to make Morocco whole with nearly 50,000 troops some of which are volunteers and about 3000 troops are sent to be used by Spain in Europe.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A Mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking. The 20 ships are used to prevent further Dai viet Trade posts from being established.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The King issues the creation of a new flag and a new coat of arms that will suit the newly acquired territories. Seeing the grand Austro-Hamburg deceit and betrayal, the Croatian King sends 40,000 soldiers to march against the Austrians in order to stop them from crushing the Westphalian greatness. After a short speech the king ends with a final sentence: 'We are not only doing this for ourselves, but for the benefit of our Westphalian brethren who fought with us not so long ago!'.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed. Knyaz Ulrich sends 14,000 of his men to march with the Croatian army.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Work continues to build a larger trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading with many of the native groups and the European colonisers. Econ turn. However, whilst trade with the Europeans is of benefit to Japanese interests, the Emperor looks with growing concern on the increasing power of Spain and the Netherlands, deciding that Japan must look toward closer ties with these increasingly powerful empires. At the same time, the military is not neglected, with continued investment particularly in the navy and in training soldiers with Dutch muskets. Imperial Shinto shrines and temples continue to be built throughout the Theocracy, providing a lucrative form of income in the form of donations and the tithes introduced under Ashikaga rule.
 * Uesugi Province: More powers are surrendered to Kyoto. The Uesugi military is officially disbanded made part of the Imperial Army.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: The small Ryukyu military is disbanded by the authorities in Kyoto. This is seen by many in the Kingdom as a violation of the Emperor's promise of autonomy, but it is explained that as the Kingdom's protection is guaranteed by the Theocracy, there is no need for it to have its own armed forces.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up, The War in Turkey, and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Four of Ten). The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand.
 * Southern Persia: Economy build up continues after the Rebuildment Era. We send 5k soldiers and supplies to the war
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1583, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Also, Queen Catherine orders there to be a census to be taken and presented to her next year. In 1583, it is revealed that 5,430,000 people live in all of the Bavarian realms. Queen Catherine and the Curia Bavaria declare war on Austria, citing the need to aid Westphalia and combat Austrian hegemony in Europe. 35,000 troops are sent to the frontlines as well as siege equipment.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1582, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561. Adalbert II declares war on Austria, sending 25,000 troops to the frontlines.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed. Catherine declares war on Austria, sending 20,000 troops to the frontlines.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 478 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. In other news, the BBC send several warnings to the nearby Tsilhqot'in, ordering them to cease all attacks and movements on the colony. If they do not comply, war will be declared with the support of the entire country. Neu Bayern expands 100 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 50 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of OTL Vancouver City, and a final 50 sq km northward up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.'
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. Malabar Christians and Jews both remain part of the critical functions of government in that region, and the proportion of Christians and Jews in that area rise. In Greece, agriculture continues to be an important part of the economy. Greek wines and olives remain popular in markets. In Crete and the Cyclades, some farmers take up saffron growing, noting the spice's steep price and the fact that the plant is native to that region. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. To combat the influence of the new Ottoman state, expansion into the disorganized state takes place. The Roman military relies on support by native Greeks, and they also focus on restoring order into the region rather than force Turks out. Bandits and warlords are targeted and removed as they are found. In addition, an army marches from Constantinople into the small state of Bursa on the shores of the Mamara. Facing little resistance, the region is annexed back into the Empire.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops. The downfall of the Cahokians has put the colony on edge, and militias are on guard to protect Roman and Native settlements.
 * Antillia: The colony is purchased from Poland as per an agreement, noting the Roman claims to the area. In return, Rome will acknowledge Poland's claims to the smaller islands to the east. Some Greek colonists move there to help jump-start the colony. The natives are contacted and asked if they know where the seven cities of gold are. With no satisfying answer, the colonists resort to trading with them until they find the cities, which the natives insist are there. Until then, the capital city of the colony is named Cibola, and the colony expands along the coast by 20 pixels. Part of that is dedicated to starting up outposts on Antillia's nearby companion island.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,300,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000), Chimu (21,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 11 while Apeac II hits age 6. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. Military occupation continues of Hurin Nazca.
 * Chiribaya Wamani:  The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 111,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy'  and economy' improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Scandinavia, preparing to have a peacetime celebration, hears the news of Westphalia being invaded by Austria. King Kristoffer rolls his eyes. We declare war on Austria.
 * Brandenburg: Brandenburg declares war on Austria.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy. Roads to towns are replaced due to rampant erosion caused by the particularly harsh winters in the area. New roads are also created for more efficient commerce.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded. Ingria mobilizes its military and is placed on watch in case hostilities from Pskov spill into the area. A flock of refugees into Elsagrad during the war leads to the city being swamped with people.
 * Holstein: Holstein declares war on Austria.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded. The Icelandic ports are renovated for traveling ships, Scandinavian or otherwise. King Kristoffer takes a trip to Iceland this year and reports enjoying himself. Iceland considers building a vacation home for Kristoffer, the royal family, and important officials of Scandinavia.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km. Like Ingria, Karelia prepares for hostilities in Pskov to only worsen and mobilizes its military. Karelia also builds roads to Saami settlements and rebuilds roads that have been weathered by the harsh Karelian winters.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Majapahit: The economy is expanded.
 * Pomerania: Pomerania declares war on Austria.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year, New Gotland becoming a shining beacon for hope of Native/European co-operation in the coming years. Thousands flock to the New Copenhagen Games in Vinland this year.
 * Schleswig: Schleswig declares war on Austria.
 * Selebar: The economy expands. New ports are built, including Port Avsamarta (Port of Sumatra), which becomes a key location for the Scandinavian Spice Comlany. A privateer in the company buys an old ship from the Seventh Scandinavian Fleet. Called Sveilheim, the ship begins doing runs for the Scandinavian Spice Company.
 * Siak: The economy expands this turn. Svartalheim arrives in Siak for renovations. Port Avsak is founded in Siak for the Scandinavian Spice Company.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved. The Borealis Trail, a road from Strombek to Vinland and New Gotland, is planned. Groundwork begins this Autumn.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Wanin: The Wanin capital is renovated. The economy is expanded.
 * 'Pskov:, because of the conscription of Able-bodied males in the nation, prohibition of the trade of firearms to anyone but the state, and the general turning to a war-oriented economy last year, which, fits many definitions of TOTAL WAR and therefore, FULL MOBILIZATION (for those who don't understand definitions) manages to hold the attackers at bay, defending its territory in all but the east, digging trenches, and, due to superior generaling, directing enemy forces into fortified points, where the Pskovians stood more of a chance. THis tactic, of sacrificing the outer and most uninhabited territories is at first seen as cowardly by the populace, but as the war continues, and the strategy of defending what they are able to, and the most populace (evacuating civilians as required) is giving Pskov victories despite losing ground. Pskov fortifies "frontlines" around important points of the city, and groundworks (trenches) used as temporary fortifications sees its first use during the advance on Pskov, where the enemy got within one km of the capital city, before being pushed back to the border, Pskov temporary occupying some of Prussia and Muscovy before quickly withdrawing in order to keep their forces concentrated (and not forgetting to scorch and ravage the grounds as they did so) and not spread out like the Muscovites and Novgorodians, eager for "vengeance" against territory taken, focusing on occupying almost uninhabited land in the east. The Navy deals a devastating blow to the new Polish navy near the seas at Konigsberg (Kaliningrad), destroying any chance at a blockade. while Pskov holds its own for a while, and is able to continue paying for the war due to its trade routes that are still open, and protects routes to the city. The morale of the citizens begins to grow following this years;s string of victories, and people begin to support Pskov, and more people sign up to fight, with the entire armed forces this year, including volunteers exceeding 60,000 soldiers as a weak estimate. A large bulk of those being former Novgorodian Republican rebels fighting for a chance to protect their Democracy.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 53, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 18, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * In the Mississippia Confederation, the Catastrophe of 1583 erupts in a major scale. Huge floods destroy large parts of the nation, especially in the southern regions where Moundville and Natchez formerly were. The disease breaks out, killing tens of thousands of people. One of the victims is the young chief, Zacharie. After Zacharie's death, a major question is raised: Who shall become the head of the House of Antinanco. The next in line is the Chief of the Iroquois (the cousin of Zacharie), Yoskeha. Whilst the meritekratos is attempting to transfer control over peaceably, the very fiber of the Confederation breaks and is shattered into over 40 independent states. The meritekratos disbands the Confederation and calls the new nation Illinikew. It also rules the nation on behalf of Yoskeha until he can be crowned in his own ceremony next year. Meanwhile, the navy is taken care of, and work on the University and Canal are not stopped. Military turn in Illinikew.
 * The Tartary: continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia: continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there. Copy Posted for Fed - Stephanus rex (talk) 23:27, August 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * Westphalia: Wilhelm IV sends letters of thanks to those joining in the war with Austria & friends. He starts saying that this is the end of Austria and Hamburg. We continue to invest into the system with the new calender. The military is improved.
 * Mainz: The military is improved.
 * East Trier: The military is improved.
 * East Cologne: The military is improved.
 * Palatine: The military is improved.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.Declares War On Austria and hamburg for the attack on the Ally Westphalia
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. declares War On Austria and hamburg for the attack on the Ally Westphalia
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. declares War On Austria and hamburg for the attack on the Ally Westphalia
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. A year after the wedding, the Urdustani Emperor is borne two children, both male, one named بگ آخر شخص آدمی (Baṛī bakavāsa vyakti ādamī) and the other named لٹل آخر شخص آدمی (Chōṭī bakavāsa vyakti ādamī).
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years.

1584
'''The Iroquois Confederacy inherits the Wenrohronon tribe on the west of their border, having secured the area following the collapse of Mississippian influence in the area. With the Iroquois Confederacy now completely free of Mississippian influence, they form an alliance with the Erie and Susquehanna, two fellow Iroquoian nations, to defend themselves in case of attack. Each nation, cautious of European influence after it contributed to the collapse of the Mississippians and the deaths of many of their citizens, each nation resists all attempts of foreign vassalization.'''

'''The Seminoles, having been almost completely pushed out of their homeland by Prussian settlers, launches an assault on New Prussia from their territory to the west. Prussian settlements are overwhelmed, with many being razed. In total all settlements in central Florida not connected to the coast are seized, requiring a Prussian invasion to take back the territory. The Seminoles are aided in the north by the Yamasee, who launch similar raids in the north of their territory.'''

'''If you read my posts you would see that I'm incorporating msot of the Natives and actually giving them landgrants, and most of my in-land colonies are populated by the Natives, so at this point it's Natives attacking European-allied Natives. Also, why is Yamasee helping the Natives? Yamasee and New Pomerania have no outstanding issues Kurt Cobain&#39;s Haircut (talk)'''

'''It's not impossible for a rising chief in the area to desire for these landgrants to become independent again. After all we all know how well the natives appreciated reservations. The fact that your nation is populated heavily by natives only makes this easier. '''

'''These aren't chiefs rebelling for independance, these are foreign invaders who have been "pushed from their homeland" which never happened because I didn't push out the Natives, rather I let them make their own villages and sent them doctors, missionaries, and built them planataions and sent them seeds so they could also produce for themselves. Compared to other European colonies the Natives in New Pomerania have nothing to complain about. Also, I'm strongly allied with the nearby Native-power the Timicua who I've been selling a limited amount of firearms too, who I think would possibly help me out here, especially since it would be mostly their land being raided. I refuse to acknowledge this mod event until it is at least explained in a more plausible manner ''' Kurt Cobain&#39;s Haircut (talk)


 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: in the Duchy of Stade, Bavarians approach attempting to assert control as per the treaty of Regensburg. The Stadian and Hamburgian border guards point out that the treaty allotted Bavaria the Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen, which hasn't existed since its secularization in the '20s. The Bavarians are also reminded that Hamburgian attempts to fix the language in the treaty were ignored by Bavaria. The Duke of Stade mentions to his advisors, "I worry about the schools those Bavarian diplomats and politicians are learning their stuff if they allowed such a blunder as this". Infrastructure projects continue. Neu Braunschweig, Williamsburg and Neu Lüneburg expand by 20 px each.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues with the addition of 30 pixels' worth of land. Ngenism and Christianity both gain influence as national, organized religions, leading a general social change in favor of spirituality. Ngenism's emphasis on universal balance enforces the bartering system as the common form of exchange, despite the success of other nations with established currencies. The government, however, continues to demand a moderate tax of gold or silver. The military continues its training.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Ayutthaya: We dramatically increase the amount of influence of the Lanna people and we offer support for the Thai people in their community. We start to influence many schools and towns by offering financial benefits to the region in hope that they will unite to both Thai ethnic countries into one stronger country. We increase our farming and focus on trade and developing trading posts for our new trade partners to boost our economy in the long run. We also try to convert more of our population to Theravada religion. We continue to build up our military and in particular our navy. We heighten our racial segregation and arrange areas for non-thai peoples to live. We also open a free border to the new Hispanian enclave Dawei to help boost trade. We improve infrastructure on many buildings in preparation for natural disasters. We also look at flattening our lands and research into stable building environment.
 * Sokhothai: We increase Sokhothai's economy and open borders to bring the Vassal in closer relation to Ayutthaya. We also do segregation of non-Thai people mainly in Sokhothai and we increase our military presence in the area.
 * Ayutthaya Diplomacy: We ask any nation of Europe for trade and we offer the chance for one more enclave to be bought from Ayutthaya.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Neu Norderney Landwehr Regiment sees its first real action as Theobald is attacked by heathen natives. The Lord of Neu Norderney gives more resources to the Order of Saint Theobald, as it is generally accepted that natives who are converted to Catholicism and are taught German ways are less likely to be violent towards settlers. Back in Oldenburg, anti-protestant laws are put into place. These rather mild laws put a tax on protestantism and disallow them from becoming Mayor, alderman, or from becoming an officer in the military. Jews are exceted from these laws, thanks to the integral role they play in the profitable banking sector.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The University gains a decent number of donations from wealty benefactors, and a few small new buildings are opened (named after the benefactors, of course). There is also an uptake in new students. The Chancellor decides that having an "Open Week" every two years could be massively bebeficial to the future of the university. In other news, the cathedral roof is repaired after a storm tore off some of the masonry.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Work continues to build a larger trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading with many of the native groups and the European colonisers. Econ turn. However, whilst trade with the Europeans is of benefit to Japanese interests, the Emperor looks with growing concern on the increasing power of Spain and the Netherlands, deciding that Japan must look toward closer ties with these increasingly powerful empires. At the same time, the military is not neglected, with continued investment particularly in the navy and in training soldiers with Dutch muskets. Imperial Shinto shrines and temples continue to be built throughout the Theocracy, providing a lucrative form of income in the form of donations and the tithes introduced under Ashikaga rule. The Uesugi Province is declared an integral part of the Empire and power is entirely centralised in Kyoto, with the Governor only used to implement decrees from the capital.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: The economy of the Kingdom experiences massive growth due to the new union with the Theocracy coming particularly from revenue from Japanese ships travelling south to the spice islands.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her economy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. The king, regardless of his alliance with France, begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. Hispania, defiant of Austria's attempt of resurgence in Central Europe after the previous devastating war, declares against Austria supporting Croatia in a united front. 35,000 troops are sent to Italy to fight against Austria, and another 15,000 troops are drawn up to keep the Homeland together.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. Italy declares war on Austria sending 30,000 troops and raising another 20,000 to defend.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy declares war on Austria and sends 10,000 troops and blockades with its entire fleet.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa declares war and sends about 10,000 ships and supports a Spanish patrol of the Mediterranean.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy declares war on Austria sending about 10,000 loyal forces to fight.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000. Modena declares war on Austria sending about 2000 troops.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna sends troops and deploys 3000 troops.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope excommunicates the ruler of Austria for his outright attempt to wage war and continue to harm the solidarity of Christendom so early after Muslim powers have aligned against Europe
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The Kingdom of Morocco angered by Austria's blatant spurning and defamation of the empires honor attacks Mellilia to make Morocco whole with nearly 50,000 troops some of which are volunteers and about 3000 troops are sent to be used by Spain in Europe.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A Mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking. The 20 ships are used to prevent further Dai viet Trade posts from being established.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * My declaration of war over Westphalia will be nullified as per whatever the decision is regarding its Retcon, if it is retconned then it will be removed 
 * Sultanate-e-Yemen: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. We continued to expand and develop our military by producing more firearms and cannons as well as practicing new tactics. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. They imported of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. Meanwhile, our economy rose due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many people were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Five of Ten). The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. Mil and Eco Turn.
 * Yemeni - Urdustani Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen are keen on signing a trade deal with Urdustan for the purchase of spices, cloth, as well as purchase of Urdustan warships for the defence of Yemen. Urdustan is in return offered dates, coffee, glass, as well as access to Yemeni ports.
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen requests the Damascan Sultanate to protect the Turks living in al Sham (Syria), Falesteen (Palestine) and Kurdistan from the violence spread by the angry mobs to show that in the Damascan Sultanate, the Turks are treated equally and the Turks are not persecuted by the state. The Sultan believes that this would undermine the basis of the Turkish Sultanate which had been created to protect the Turks from the supposedly oppressing Arabs.
 * Yemeni - Egyptian Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen refuses to recognise the Christian state of Egypt unless it stops its oppression, persecution and conversion of Muslims. The Sultanate of Damascus, too, is requested to withdraw its recognition of the Christian Kingdom.
 * Yemeni - Abyssinian Diplomacy: The King of Ethiopia/Abyssinia of the House of Alexandria, successor to King Kafta is requested to strengthen its relationship with the Sultanate of Yemen by marrying the sister of the Sultan of Yemen, Princess Mariam bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle. [MOD RESPONSE PLEASE].
 * Kingdom and Protectorate of Raigama: This turn is dedicated to growth of military, mainly the navy. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. More Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. More and more often the Rajakaas is being phased out by the Dutch Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. More small Dutch ships are integrated into the navy. The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, but more people are migrating inland to Kotte. King Samir I turns 52. Some of the navy is sent to trade and explore waters around India.  After exploring the region for years, Raigama sets up a tiny colony/trade post named  "Nava Kotte", on an island in the Indian Ocean (OTL the island is Great Nicobar). The colony will be administered by Raigama, but will also be a trade post for the Dutch, and [maybe] naval base for the Dutch. Raigama also improves its economy and infrastructure.'''


 * Grand State of Kotte: Population increases more than usual, due to people migrating inland. Kotte builds up its military and economy.
 * Raigama ---> Urdustan Diplomacy: As an ally and sharing a mutual friend, King Samir asks if a trade agreement can be established between Urdustan and Raigama. Samir also asks for Raigama to join the Indian League.
 * Zapoteca reaches out to some of the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki, to establish new trade routes. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The King issues the creation of a new flag and a new coat of arms that will suit the newly acquired territories. Seeing the grand Austro-Hamburg deceit and betrayal, the Croatian King sends 40,000 soldiers to march against the Austrians in order to stop them from crushing the Westphalian greatness. After a short speech the king ends with a final sentence: 'We are not only doing this for ourselves, but for the benefit of our Westphalian brethren who fought with us not so long ago!'.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to fight against Pskov.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: Due to some harassing attacks from otehr Natives on the frontier, we begin to utilize our neo-feudal chiefs to raise small militias as a defence force, and the most trust worthy chiefdoms get gunpowder weapons, whereas the otehrs are lucky to get iron weapons, We also raise some non-Native soldiers and mass them on our southern border should the need for them arise. The governor decides to launch a program to connect many inland settlements with roads, and work begins starting from Neu Gdansk and Blitzburg which will spider-web out. We continue expansion 20 px inland.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our invasion of Pskov continues with troops razing the city states farmland or confiscating food to supply the invasion force. Our navy along with the Prussian’s blockade the nation’s coast line, razing some of its navy with it. Troops along with siege weaponry reach the walls of Pskov and begin to lay siege to the city. Trebuchets toss corpses of dead Pskovian soldiers, horses, and flaming pots of oil into the city while cannon fire rupture the foundations of its walls. Back within the Commonwealth, investments into the navy lead to the construction of larger shipyards and dry-docks within Gdansk. Slowly the city is expanding as the shipbuilding industry in Poland is growing. Galleons and frigates are being built at faster and more exponential rates as peasants in Gdansk are seen working in these shipyards. To supply the invasion force of Pskov, peasants are given pieces of land to farm and tend in order to feed the Polish population as well as its troops and allies. This later increases the production in the agricultural industry within Poland and also increases the number of exports. In order to protect the Polish Imperial Isles, several galleons and frigates are moved into the Imperial Sea. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: We expand the island of St Stanislaus by 200 km (4 pixels). Ships that have arrived from the Commonwealth to protect the island of St Stanislaus are put to use. At least 50 more colonists arrive from Poland. Several stone fortifications are placed around the isle in order to protect its inhabitants. Troops continue to go through the isle and eradicate the native population that have been interfering with our progress.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,315,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000), Chimu (21,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 11 while Apeac II hits age 6. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. Military occupation continues of Hurin Nazca.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 112,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy' and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy: We decline to give up our ports, even moreso the ones that are part of our proper nation.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 54, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 19, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * In Illinikew, the méritekratocy continues to manage the nation until Yoskeha arrives by canoe in early March. He is crowned Great Chief of Illinikew, and then returns to the Iroquois lands, leaving governance up to the méritekratocy. This year, Eméric Desjardin completes the University of Cahokia, and many people begin to enroll in the three schools there. We influence the Illini, and attempt to get them to join the Illinikew. We also work on the Kanakee-Gichigami Canal. The economy is grown this year.
 * This year, the Pskovians put up an excelent defence, the tactic of using groundworks, "trenches" as some would call them, and during retreats lining those trenches with black powder, evacuating to the next trench behind, and blowing the one before, this tactic proves devastating to the invading armies, haulting their advance from the east. In the west, however,it is a different story, the Pskovians, so concentrated at stopping the invasion from Russia, put little effort in fortifying the southern routes. The Navy, while suffering small defeats, is able to once again break the blockade by ramming many naval ships with "powder boats", boats filled to the brim with black powder manufactured en masse by the wartime economy of Pskov. More people sign up to train in the army by the day as the invaders go closer and closer, and many farmers begin resisting the invaders demands, forming small militias that wage what would now be called guerrilla wars, refusing  the invaders any food, and actively fighting them in the name of their prince(considering most draftees come from the city, the rural regions are largely unaffected). The City, unfortunately, becomes besieged as the Armed forces retreat while razing the land along the path of the invading forces in order to limit their supplies, claiming them for the storehouses within the outer ring of the kremlin. Eventually, however, the city falls under a brutal siege, and the city-dwellers morale starts to drop as corpses start being flung from beond the walls. Thankfully, the stone structures of the city are harder to burn than the wooden structures of old, and thankfully this lessens the effects of the oil. The city puts up an admirable defence, and with meetings of the Veche happening every day to decide how to act. The Weapon sales prohibition seems to have worked for now, as the military has more weapons that it has people for, but with more and more willing to fight, those waepons start finding hands. The Treasury is emptying by the year. However, the only people to know this are the National treasurers, and the Posadnik as the Knyaz is out generaling, kept secret as to not alert the enemy to it, and not to sow panic with the general public. The accumulation of wealth did Pskov good. In any case, the Treasiry this yuear was spent mostly on mortars to go upon the inner walls of Pskov, firing upon the siege machines of the enemy, destroing most of them. However, the Outer wall does suffer damages, but without breaking. The Mortars and Cannons lining the defensive walls of the city do much dammage to the invading force.Luckily, due to the five-walled city's layout, most of the objects flung into the city via trebuchets end up in either the moat, or landing just inside the city, causing a bit of panic, but not too much, as the corpses begin to deteriorate they are flung back across the walls(well, the horses anyway, the corpses are used as propaganda to show just how inhuman the Polacks are that they would deny anyone their right to a christian funeral, and call them false christians, with the Bishop of Pskov putting forth a request of excommunication of the invaders for denying their fellow christians funeral rights). The Posadnik, Nikita Streltsov, is promoted to general and put in charge of the city\s defenceThe siege lasts for about a month, and then relief comes at the dead of night, the Knyaz of Pskov, Dimitri Sokolov, leads a small contingent through the woods surrounding the city, and first uses archers and crossbowmen to take out the guards of the enemy camp silently. and, after the coast is clared, leads a cavalry charge decimating the besiegers with the element of surprise. These trying to escape find themselves under strenuous mortar fire, the Pskovians inflicting serious casualties to the Polish and Prussian forces near the cities, and these forces, finding themselves completely destroyed, and pushed back to their borders after their retreat, with the city-state taking back most of the lost territory on the southern invasion. The Pskovians use misdirection to trick the invading forces into falling into ambushes, and actually, this is what allowed the Prince to fall back and relieve the city of its siege. A scout meant to asses their forces is captured, and told to tell his leaders where the army is going, and they were told that an army of 10,000 strong shall lead a counter-offensive at a river. The Emeny force finds only a small fortification, and soon comes under heavy fire by an artillery unit, finding none of the armies they were promised, buying the Prince enough time to relieve the Siege of Pskov, and inflicting massive casualties to the enemy with minimal dammages to the city-state's small army. The Blocaked of the coast is relieved as the navy comes back from the battle of Koinsberg Bay, and surprises the inveaders, crusihg their innexperienced navy. Trade again begins to flow to the city state, temporarily relieveing its treasury, but not by much, after consulting with the Prince, the Veche agrees to hold peace negotiations, and will try to use their temporary victories as a shield, to bluff with their capabilities, as the Knyaz now knows that they might not be able to last too long if their city is besieged again, because the enemy "just has more warm bodies than we have munitions to fend off". Begrudgningly. The military grows year after year, and Knyaz Dimitri Sokolov begins to be knows as a sort of Military Genius, and is now showing that superior Generaling trumps superior numbers, much to the surprise of the world, ghaining, hopefully, more respect towards the city-state from the outside world. The defensive permiters are set up in fronts leading to the city as the enemies retreat, and the dead besiegers are given a funeral to show that even though they invaded, and are inhuman, and act un-Christian, they are not yet excommunicated from the church, and thus must be buiried according to christian custom. They are, however, buiried in mass graves as their names are not known, but are labeled "Invaders" and those whoare known are given their own gravestones.(this is all done in order to convince people to excommunicate the invading kings and generals). In other news, some farmland remains unscratched, and is used to fill the storehouses, with the farmers agreeing to do so for free as it is war and they like their democracy, and are able to vote in the Veche.
 * Westphalia: We continue to train troops. We continue to invest into the system with the new calender. The infrastructure is improved. We declare the two men that were in our exiled line, to be of the first cadet branch of the von Hessen family. we call this the von  Hessen-Münster line.


 * Mainz: The infrastructure is improved.
 * East Trier: The infrastructure is improved.
 * East Cologne: The infrastructure is improved.
 * Palatine: The infrastructure is improved.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. With the war over against Pskov, we sign the Treaty of Pskov, officially dismantling their government.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.'


 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. Malabar Christians and Jews both remain part of the critical functions of government in that region, and the proportion of Christians and Jews in that area rise. In Greece, agriculture continues to be an important part of the economy. Greek wines and olives remain popular in markets. In Crete and the Cyclades, some farmers take up saffron growing, noting the spice's steep price and the fact that the plant is native to that region. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. Recently acquired land, both in the colonies and the mainland, are further consolidated, with patrols clearing the areas of bandits or rebels and trying to instill peace as the regions are integrated and rebuilt.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops. The downfall of the Cahokians has put the colony on edge, and militias are on guard to protect Roman and Native settlements.
 * Antillia: The colony is purchased from Poland as per an agreement, noting the Roman claims to the area. In return, Rome will acknowledge Poland's claims to the smaller islands to the east. Some Greek colonists move there to help jump-start the colony. The natives are contacted and asked if they know where the seven cities of gold are. With no satisfying answer, the colonists resort to trading with them until they find the cities, which the natives insist are there. Until then, the capital city of the colony is named Cibola, and the colony expands along the coast by 20 pixels. Part of that is dedicated to starting up outposts on Antillia's nearby companion island.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 467,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli gives 300 of his newly made guns to Mon IV, who is thrilled to have the new guns. Mon VII, son of Mon VI, proclaims himself Rikisi, and travels to ǂ’Amkoe tribal lands to help found ǂ’Amkoete, bringing with him books and other learning material. (mod response)
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up, The War in Turkey, and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Five of Ten) The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand.
 * Southern Persia: Economy build up continues after the Rebuildment Era. We send 5000 soldiers and supplies to the war
 * Mansurryian Dip:   We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey.'
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1584, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Also, Queen Catherine orders there to be a census to be taken and presented to her next year. In 1583, it is revealed that 5,430,000 people live in all of the Bavarian realms. Bavaria continues the war against Austria. (If the Retcon is authorized, this bolded section will be removed)
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1584, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561. War is continually waged upon Austria.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed. War is continually waged upon Austria.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 478 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. In other news, the BBC send several warnings to the nearby Tsilhqot'in, ordering them to cease all attacks and movements on the colony. If they do not comply, war will be declared with the support of the entire country. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 150 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. A year after the wedding, the Urdustani Emperor is borne two children, both male, one named بگ آخر شخص آدمی (Baṛī bakavāsa vyakti ādamī), and the other named لٹل آخر شخص آدمی (Chōṭī bakavāsa vyakti ādamī).
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years.

1585
'''The war between Russia and Pskov have damaged both sides immensely. Pskov stands at the verge of bankrupcy with many of its fields and resources ruined, while Russia suffers greatly from pirated ships and embargoed trade. Both sides suffer -10 for economy scores for the next ten years following the conclusion of the war.'''


 * Please have this be for every country instead of a flat -10 for the entire side(i.e. every nation gives you -10 instead of -10 for the side).
 * It already is. 

'''The Tuscarora natives, angered by heavy settling by Europeans in their land, launch a large scale assault on Roman towns, burning many to the ground. The native forces manage to successfully push Roman traders almost completely out of inland North Carolina, with many fleeing to large towns, primarily in the northeast of the region. They establish a new nation in the area, ready to defend against attack (Scores undoubled: Military: 8, Economy: 7, Infrastructure: 5).'''

'''The Manahoac and Monacan natives launch a guerrilla campaign against Roman and Powhatan settlements in Maryland. Fierce enemies of the Powhatan, the native coalition pledges to harass the Roman forces in the area, hoping to take back their settlements along the Rappahannock River. Further raids of much more violence are sure to follow if Romans continue to push farther inland in the OTL Maryland region.'''

'''Unless I am mistaken, the mod opinion to strike this pending further discussion remains in effect. Until then, disregard it. In retrospect, now that Ms has changed the first one, I am willing permit it unless other mods object. -MP'''

'''MP please edit this event, like I said on the moderator page. - Mscoree'''

'''The way you just worded it sounds a lot better, and was basically what I was going for. Glad we could fix it, although I hope next time we do it on the moderator page instead of just crossing out things (Remember all events are collaborative and can be discussed). '''

In Rome, Pope Telesphorus III dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Spanish Vasco de Quiroga is elected Pope, taking the papal name of Gregory XIII.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Sultanate-e-Yemen: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. We continued to expand and develop our military by producing more firearms and cannons as well as practicing new tactics. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. They imported of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. Meanwhile, our economy rose due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many people were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Six of Ten). The nation expanded 25 px in Western Arabia. The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. Mil and Eco Turn. Although very little land had been conquered in the war against the Turkish Sultanate despite continuous fighting for four years, the Yemeni soldiers withdrew claiming victory and Sultan Ahmad sent a letter to Sultan Sulimen III requesting him to halt any further attacks on the Turks for the Turkish rebel state would be much more weaker in the future due to being surrounded by hostile states and much more prone to collapse. The Damascan Sultanate is requested to instead impose a naval blockade upon the Turks in order to hasten the collapse of the Turkish state.
 * Yemeni - Urdustani Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen are keen on signing a trade deal with Urdustan for the purchase of spices, cloth, as well as purchase of Urdustan warships for the defence of Yemen. Urdustan is in return offered dates, coffee, glass, as well as access to Yemeni ports
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen requests the Damascan Sultanate to protect the Turks living in al Sham (Syria), Falesteen (Palestine) and Kurdistan from the violence spread by the angry mobs to show that in the Damascan Sultanate, the Turks are treated equally and the Turks are not persecuted by the state. The Sultan believes that this would undermine the basis of the Turkish Sultanate which had been created to protect the Turks from the supposedly oppressing Arabs
 * Yemeni - Egyptian Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen refuses to recognise the Christian state of Egypt unless it stops it's oppression, persecution and conversion of Muslims. The Sultanate of Damascus, too, is requested to withdraw its recognition of the Christian Kingdom.
 * Yemeni - Abyssinian Diplomacy: The King of Ethiopia/Abyssinia of the House of Alexandria, successor to King Kafta is requested to strengthen its relationship with the Sultanate of Yemen by marrying the sister of the Sultan of Yemen, Princess Mariam bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle. [MOD RESPONSE PLEASE]
 * Mod response: The proposal is accepted.
 * Pskov: Valiantly defends its homeland, and, for the first year manages to drive the invaders back without giving in return. With a shift in Morale after the heroic defence of the Capital, and letters are sent to both the Pope in Rome and the Patriarch in Constantinople requesting the excommunications of the Leaders and Generals of the Invading nations for desecrating Christian bodies by flinging them into cities. Meanwhile, the treasury is emptying quickly, with Pskov needing to literally "Count Coppers" in order to stay afloat, and even then just barely, the Knyaz forgoing his salary in order to keep the nation not bankrupt (he also has an account in the bank, though, and his reputation for liberator gives him many things free). However, Pskov is now just barely making it economically, and Dimitri Sokolov, Now nicknamed "Dimitri Zashitnik (defender)" or "Dimitri Pobedonosets (bringer of Victory) (also the moniker of St George in Russian tradition)". As much as he can, the Prince tries to fix some scorched land, and encourage people not to give up, but even now, he knows that he cannot withstand another five years, the enemy will not fall for the same tricks twice if they are smart, as smart as him, maybe once or twice more if they are not. Pskov purchases more arms at the expense of his salary and puts up more grouyndworks as the enemy retreats, hoping to lead them along similar paths, and gain them an advantage. Mortars with exploring rounds, which had much impact last year, are being put to more use, and thankfully, the Navy is able to keep blockades at bay, giving Pskov the possibility of taking foreign loans to buy more black powder and make its own, allowing traders and Corsiars to deposit their bounties in the city. The Corsairs do good at ravaging Polish and Prussian ships, and bringing them to the city. All in all, the city barely makes it economically, with only 53 and five rubles left at the end of all this year. Pskov sends out Diplomats to nearly every nation in Europe, hoping that its banks in Hispania, Italy, Netherlands and Scandinavia, The Tatary, France and Germany will give it some tool to bargain with for aid in perhaps a future invasion, knowing full well Europe is dealing with Austria at the moment, and cannot afford the resources to both aid it against a growing world power, and against an established great power at the same time. However, it hopes that by putting on a front and bluffing about their capabilities to project strength and bring somebody to the table ... Hopefully, the Invaders don't call Pskov's bluff (which they ultimately won't since the war ends in the treaty of Ostrov --- BTW, is it OK to change it to that? Ostrov is a closeby urban city but is not Pskov, and a good place for somebody paranoid about something like the red wedding happening to the leaders of Pskov, and inside the city, where we can get screwed by killing like a quarter million people in one go.)

'''I never once flung bodies into your nation. Also, we already signed the Treaty of Pskov.'''


 * Vorlayacor: The University of Vorlayacor opens the first bookstore in Vorlayacor and possibly in Hesperia. They are also contracted to manufacture bibles and scripts of Ngenism, allowing the religious revolution to continue. The economy and military expand as normal.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Fusahito Dip: Emissaries from the Fusahito court enquire about the possibility of the purchase of the island off the coast of Korea.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Six of Ten) and with it midway through we prepare for the vassalization. The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand. With the disastrous war in Turkey over, the Sultan is ultimately humbled, as he realizes the UIN is not the super alliance that it was once thought to be before. We also agree to Yemen's proposal of stopping the fighting, rebuilding and attacking at a later time.
 * Southern Persia: Economy buildup continues after the Rebuildment Era.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey. As with Yemen we will not recognize Coptic Egypt until it stops its persecution of its Muslims.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Pskov Dip: Pskov looks for more allies in the wake of the invasion, to try to prevent further destruction, and use the Pskovian Bank system that is prevalent in much of Europe as at least some sort of incentive, also the rise of a power that can threaten all of Europe with their armies.
 * Polish Lithuanian Commonwealth: After the war, tens of thousands of troops that were sent were returned with only about 6000 casualties unlike the Pskovian counterpart who have suffered heavy casualties. Of our 34 galleons and 51 frigates only about 22 have been destroyed or damaged. Shipyards and drydocks begin to construct galleons and frigates to replace those that have been destroyed, and sailors begin to repair damaged vessels off the shore of Gdansk and other port towns. The navy should be fully functioning again by the year of 1590. Admirals of the Imperial Commonwealth Navy have concluded that the total of 85 combat ready vessels is the best to currently have in order to maintain a stable navy for our nation’s size. With minimal ground losses our land forces were able to quickly recover and immediately demobilized. Facing economic troubles due to the war with Pskov, our nation’s taxes have increased. However, due to soldiers returning from the war a small baby boom is being expected by the General Sejm which will slightly harshen the situation. In order to prevent people from starving, granaries have been opened to the public but protected by guards in order to protect their contents. Seeing the mistakes that out immature and inexperienced navy have conducted during the war with Pskov, ship designers have decided to lay down strips of copper linings across our ships in order to improve the stability of the ships structure, and to avoid severe damage from ramming. The copper layers will be placed across the areas where the floors of the decks would be externally. This will protect our ships from ramming vessels. Economic development begins in order to rebuild from the war.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: We expand the island of St Stanislaus by 200 km (4 pixels). Ships that have arrived from the Commonwealth to protect the island of St Stanislaus are put to use. At least 25 more colonists arrive from the Commonwealth.


 * I don't think you realize what 1500 men means. It means 500 men casualties per year. Naval sips are crewed by an average of three men per gun. So for a 16 gun schooner, your quota would be filled by ten ships sunk annually. And that's not counting galleons or frigates, or ground troops. And for an invasion and outcome like this, it simply isn't plausible. Face it, There would have been more casualties during the lifting of the siege of Pskov, when cavalry ran free through your unprepared camp, that presumably had more than 1500 people to besiege a city of more than 300k


 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her economy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. The king, regardless of his alliance with France, begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. Hispania stands down from war readiness.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope lifts the excommunication of the Austrian ruler


 * ​Pskov Dip: For the desecration of the bodies of Pskovian Soldiers, and the denial of buirial rights, the Bishop of Pskov, in a letter, pleas to the religious authorities together with the Knyaz of Pskov to Excommunicate the Generals and leaders of the Invading coalition for such calous, horrendous acts.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A Mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.


 * Fusahito Dip: We ask for aid in the Westernisation of our nation, including of the military, banking and education.
 * Pskov Dip: Pskov looks for more allies in the wake of the invasion, to try to prevent further destruction, and use the Pskovian Bank system that is prevelent in much of Europe as at least some sort of incentive, also the rise of a power that can threaten all of Europe with their armies.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1585, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Also, Queen Catherine orders there to be a census to be taken and presented to her next year. In 1583, it is revealed that 5,430,000 people live in all of the Bavarian realms. Bavaria continues the war against Austria. (If the Retcon is authorized, this bolded section will be removed)
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1585, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561. War is continually waged upon Austria (IF THE WAR IS STILL ON(???)).
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed. War is continually waged upon Austria (IF THE WAR IS STILL ON(???)).
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Pskov Dip: Pskov looks for more allies in the wake of the invasion, to try to prevent further destruction, and use the Pskovian Bank system that is prevalent in much of Europe as at least some sort of incentive, also the rise of a power that can threaten all of Europe with their armies.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to build up our influence of Lanna and we also continue to influence many of their communities. The chance for other countries to buy an enclave has expired. We continue to increase our Thai population and we countinue to build areas away from society for Burmese, Chinese and Viet based ethnic groups to live. We also seek to increase our military and use many European based weapons from trade with Hispania. We have sucessfully completed 20 specialised gunpowder unit groups and we start to build our very own gunpowder factories to export the large amount of powder we have available around our volcanoes. We also start the production of a European styled Frigate warship with 12 cannons and a crew size of 80 (Turn One of Four).
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Trade with the Spice Islands to the South continues, with the Japanese Trade Association exerting a large economic presence in the area, also helping to shift the economy away from state controlled business towards private enterprise. In recognition of the growing power of the Trade Association, the Emperor decrees that it has the right to hold a military presence outside that of the Japanese state in order to safeguard trade routes and further economic interests. In response to the growing power of the European colonies to the South and Tartary to the North, the Emperor decides to pursue a more vocal diplomatic policy in order to help relations and to secure Japanese interests. Increased influence of Tartary in the North leads to the Emperor to ask for a marriage between his sister, Fusahito Saeko, and the leader of the Ainu Clan in order to protect his father's dream of a united Japan. Mod response, please.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: Trade continues to bloom in the Kingdom due to its new link to the Theocracy. However, the island chain is seen by many as a haven for pirates, with a number of raids against Fusahito shipping.
 * Japanese Manchuria: The city of Tairikuku continues to grow in its role as the main destination for Fusahito goods bound for mainland Asia. New warehouses are built by the Japanese Trade Association with their newfound wealth, in order to expand their interests on to the continent as well as in the spice islands.
 * Mod Response: The leader of the Ainu Clan agrees, as he sees it as an opportunity to increase Ainu power and influence. 
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy improves, with the banks investing in new buildings in town.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop launches a competition to redisign the roof of the main cathedral, which has been damaged by recent storms and dodgy repair efforts. Students at the university submit entries, as well as professional architects and master-builders from far and wide.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The flag of Trst is adapted to its Croat rule.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Pskov Dip: Pskov looks for more allies in the wake of the invasion, to try to prevent further destruction, and use the Pskovian Bank system that is prevalent in much of Europe as at least some sort of incentive, also the rise of a power that can threaten all of Europe with their armies.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to fight against Pskov.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: Due to the recent Christianization campaign a recent census shows that only 40% of the populace believes something heretical, a large drop from the previous cencus. Speaking of the German language is also far more common, with German travalers being able to speak the Prussian tongue in most villages in confidence. A village on our coast is raided by buccaneers, they are eventually hunted down with the help of other buccaneers we hired, and are found to be some of our own privateers, who are then tried and hung publicly. We begin a more furious slave-raiding campaign on Mikasuki peoples, continuing the policy of keeping the children, this year a record of 14 raids are comitted, resulting in a totaly capture of 950, 220 of which are old enough to be kept, the rest are sold on the Imperial market. We continue expansion in land 15 px, with much of the land being fairly divided with then Injun population, which are expected to produce some sort of comoddity, and those that don't may be forced to sell their land to either New Pomeranians or other Injuns, but unfortunately due to lack of coastal expansion there is some competition for land as New Pomeranians must now settle inland as well, which was originally intended to be primarily Injun. As a result of these pressures both New Pomeranian Injuns and newly-incorporated tribes are rather exited for war with rival Natives.
 * Iroquois: The Iroquois Confederation gains a new chief who fully incorporates the Wenrorhonon into the Confederation, angering the neighboring Seneca. The chief calms the fear of the Seneca by stating that a strong Iroquois nation is essential for avoiding the problems that led to the downfall of decentralized Mississippia. Indeed, many believe that Mississippia's downfall only foreshadows what will happen to the decentralized Iroquois. The chief tries to alleviate some of their fears by beginning to centralize the Confederation and building roads in the European style between settlements for defense. He states "Only by a fusion of the old and new ways can we preserve our homeland". Despite anger from outlying chiefs who preferred the more decentralized days of yore, he is popular amongst the common folk. Despite the fall of Mississippia scaring many, the Iroquois are quick to capatalize on it, with a strong defensive alliance being formed with the Susquehanna and Erie. Primitive fortifications are built across the land. We ask the Lenni Lenape and Huron to join the alliance to help preserve their independence from European nations, despite our rivalry. We ask the Neutral Nation, a fellow Iroquoian nation to join the alliance too. We also ask to speak with Britannia and Hispania about the prospects of trade, and a future guaranteeing the independence of the Iroquois. (Inf-turn)
 * Mod Response: The Lenni Lenape and Huron decline your alliance for now (Both those tribes are Algonquin and your enemies/rivals).
 * Zapoteca reaches out to some of the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki, to establish new trade routes. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 55, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 20, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. A year after the wedding, the Urdustani Emperor is borne two children, both male, one named بگ آخر شخص آدمی (Baṛī bakavāsa vyakti ādamī), and the other named لٹل آخر شخص آدمی (Chōṭī bakavāsa vyakti ādamī).
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years.
 * Raigama: This turn is dedicated to growth of military, mainly the navy. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. More Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. More and more often the Rajakaas is being phased out by the Dutch Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. More small Dutch ships are integrated into the navy. The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, but more people are migrating inland to Kotte. King Samir I turns 53. Some of the navy is sent to trade and explore waters around India.
 *  ​' Kotte:' Population increases, due to people migrating inland. Kotte builds up its military, economy, and infrastructure.
 * Nava Kotte: The colony/trade post expands towards the north coast of the island. The colony has proved to be successful, helping with trade to Dai Viet, and other partners in the region. Nava Kotte starts building infrastructure.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Majapahit: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin vassalizing Tulang Bawang.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.'
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. Malabar Christians and Jews both remain part of the critical functions of government in that region, and the proportion of Christians and Jews in that area rise. In Greece, agriculture continues to be an important part of the economy. Greek wines and olives remain popular in markets. In Crete and the Cyclades, some farmers take up saffron growing, noting the spice's steep price and the fact that the plant is native to that region. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. Recently acquired land, both in the colonies and the mainland, are further consolidated, with patrols clearing the areas of bandits or rebels and trying to instill peace as the regions are integrated and rebuilt.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops. The downfall of the Cahokians has put the colony on edge, and militias are on guard to protect Roman and native settlements.
 * Antillia: The colony is purchased from Poland as per an agreement, noting the Roman claims to the area. In return, Rome will acknowledge Poland's claims to the smaller islands to the east. Some Greek colonists move there to help jump-start the colony. The natives are contacted and asked if they know where the seven cities of gold are. With no satisfying answer, the colonists resort to trading with them until they find the cities, which the natives insist are there. Until then, the capital city of the colony is named Cibola, and the colony expands along the coast by 20 pixels. Part of that is dedicated to starting up outposts on Antillia's nearby companion island.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 492,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli gives 300 of his newly made guns to Mon IV, who is thrilled to have the new guns. Mon VII, son of Mon VI, proclaims himself Rikisi, and travels to ǂ’Amkoe tribal lands to help found ǂ’Amkoete, bringing with him books and other learning material. (Approved).
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,332,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000), Chimu (21,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 11 while Apeac II hits age 6. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. Military occupation continues of Hurin Nazca.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 112,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy' and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.

1586
'''The Kingdom of Luba is founded in the Congo, adopting a system of government utilizing a king and a legislative council. This technique proves to be very successful, spreading to other less centralized tribes in Central Africa.'''

Using advanced weaponry acquired from the dissolution of the nation of Mississippia, as well as ones bought from European nations, the Swampy Cree natives of the OTL Hudson Bay launch an assault on neighboring Cree villages, uniting several Swampy Cree tribes under one nation, known as the Maskiki Wi Iniwak Confederacy, or Muskegon Confederacy among many European traders.

Due to financing several wars in two decades, expensive monuments, lavish celebrations, and vastly extending administrative and economic responsibilities, the Urdustani economy threatens collapse as funds begin to run dry, and currency value begins to dwindle.

Having liberated the western portion of their territory from the Mississippian civilization following its collapse, the Susquehanna natives unite the western liberated territory with their homeland to the east.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. Hispania stands down from war readiness. Hispania breaks her formal alliance with France with the parliament agreeing to this as it sensing a coming storm of colonial wars and potential European wars which can endanger the economy and superiority of the empire. Hispania agrees to give Pskov a defensive pact (whether it be supplies or full on military troops) in exchange for preferential loans from the bank of Pskov. Hispania will agree to the Japanese diplomacy as long as Hispania gains preferential trading rights within the Theocracy.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope Excommunicates the leaders of the Seige of Pskov as well as the Ruler of Muscovy for its treatment of Pskov and its dead during the war.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: With the transfer of Pegu to the Hispanian empires dominance, the area is secured in the first use of Sepoy (Indian troops under Spanish Employ) in a large securing operation. Due in part to Pegu remaining a small territory rather than gaining the entire Burma region at once, nearly 5000 Sepoy troops are landed during the course of the year and gradually assert Spanish control over the territory as well as put down any anti-Spanish forces. This is relatively successful minus a few pirates and a few larger armed ships which escape the final port Spain seizes. The ships however are shadowed to a known pirate fortress in the middle of the ocean. The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: With the purchase from Ayutahaya Dawei is secured with a large difficulty as the populace resisted immediately as nearly 100 Spanish troops landed to set up in Dawei. This led to nearly three months of brutal conflict throughout the city and in a surprising show of force the People of Dawei are only put down by Spanish forces leading nearly 500 well armed troops that were stationed in the Philippines and ten ships used to bombard rebel strongholds in the city. However by the end Dawei finally relents and the population of the city is essentially purged of the dissidents via execution, or removal across the border to Ayutuhayya. The City is immediately put under the governance of the Royal governor of Cochin as he organizes and expands the economy of Dawei to export a large amount of South-east Asian materials, as well as become a hub for traders all around the area. The governor of the territory recruits nearly 1000 troops here as well, applying the title of Sepoy troops to not just indian, but any European-paid and trained soldier of Southeast Asian and Indian race
 * Fusahito Dip: In return for Spanish help in Westernisation, the Emperor offers Hispania free, untaxed use of  Spanish Philippines  Theocratic ports. Also, 50% of spice imports will originate in the Spanish Philippines for the next 25 years, provided it is sold at no more than 14% above market price and there is a sufficient ammount of spice available to satisfy Japanese demand.
 * Hispanian Dip: The Spanish diplomat is unsure of what you mean, the Philippines are a Spanish possessions, we already use it tax free, do you mean the Japanese isles?
 * Whoops, I changed it to what I meant - Ozy
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan. Monarch Hyohye kindly declines Fusahito's offer from last year to purchase Jejudo, as it is an integral part of Korea.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to influence the region of Lanna (Turn Six of Ten) and we continue building our warship (Turn Two of Four). We also start making a trading port which will export large amounts of materials used for gunpowder and other powders (Turn One of Eight). We look to colonise the small islands off our west coast. Our economy grows steadilly and we heighten our trade with allies and Hispania.
 * Dutch Diplomacy: We ask for an alliance in our to ensure our mutual protection in Southeast Asia.
 * Fusahito Dip: We are interested in the large scale purchase of saltpetre for the manufacture of gunpowder.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Six of Ten) and with it midway through we prepare for the vassalization. In order to build up the economy the Sultan orders an extensive mining operation throughout the Sultanate in order to add value to our currency, the Sultani/ The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand. With the disastrous war in Turkey over, the Sultan is ultimately humbled, as he realizes the UIN is not the super alliance that it was once thought to be before. We also agree to Yemen's proposal of stopping the fighting, rebuilding and attacking at a later time.
 * Southern Persia: Economy buildup continues after the Rebuildment Era. The Governor, like the Sultan, also orders an extensive mining operation to the Governate, in order to add value to our official currency, the Sultani.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey. As with Yemen we will not recognize Coptic Egypt until it stops its persecution of its Muslims. We also offer the Urdustani Empire 500 thousand Sultanis, the official currency of Mansuryyia and another 500 thousand Paras, the official currency of the Ottoman Empire, these offers are to give new life to the Urdustani economy, in repayment for being a loyal ally. In return for the money we request a trade agreement with Urdustan and OTL Quesham Island from Urdistan.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 520,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. \
 * County of Oldenburg: A group of protestants settle in Neu Norderney, fleeing the Protestant Tax. The Lord of Norderney does not levy the Protestant Tax, mainly as a way of increasing the population. Regent Johannes of Oldenburg is pleased that his tax has succeeded in decreasing the number of protestants in the realm. High-quality Neu Norderney timber begins becoming a favoured building material for the fashionable wealthy.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The roof competition closes and the appointed judges (academics, clergymen and the Prince-Bishop himself) begin poring over the design entries. In the meantime, some churchgoers get an unwelcome shower during their Sunday masses.
 * Sultanate-e-Yemen: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he, himself, arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 30 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack its merchant ships, to weaken its trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many people were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Seven of Ten). We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. Mil and Eco Turn. With the proposal of marriage accepted by the King of Abyssinia, the Yemeni Sultan Ahmad gave a farewell to his sister, Princess Mariam and now Queen Mariam of Abyssinia, who then sailed to Abyssinia; accompanied by 25 warships for protection on her journey. It had been agreed that Queen Mariam would not be forced to convert to Christianity and both states would try their best to protect the minorities in their Kingdoms.
 * Yemeni - Urdustani Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen are keen on signing a trade deal with Urdustan for the purchase of spices, cloth, as well as purchase of Urdustan warships for the defence of Yemen. Urdustan is in return offered dates, coffee, glass, as well as access to Yemeni ports
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen requests the Damascan Sultanate to protect the Turks living in al Sham (Syria), Falesteen (Palestine) and Kurdistan from the violence spread by the angry mobs to show that in the Damascan Sultanate, the Turks are treated equally and the Turks are not persecuted by the state. The Sultan believes that this would undermine the basis of the Turkish Sultanate which had been created to protect the Turks from the supposedly oppressing Arabs
 * Yemeni - Egyptian Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen refuses to recognise the Christian state of Egypt unless it stops its oppression, persecution and conversion of Muslims. The Sultanate of Damascus, too, is requested to withdraw its recognition of the Christian Kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1586, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Also, Queen Catherine orders there to be a census to be taken and presented to her next year. In 1583, it is revealed that 5,430,000 people live in all of the Bavarian realms. Bavaria continues the war against Austria. (If the Retcon is authorized, this bolded section will be removed)
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1586, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561. War is continually waged upon Austria (IF THE WAR IS STILL ON(???)).
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed. War is continually waged upon Austria (IF THE WAR IS STILL ON(???)).
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Japanese Trade Association continues to exert a large economic presence in the Spice Islands, helped by the recent gain of the newly vassalised Ryukyu Kingdom. In light of the Emperor's permission for the Trade Association to build their own armed forces, ten warships are commissioned in the European style and a small group of 200 troops are recruited. Mil turn. However, many merchants outside the Association are angered by its virtual monopoly over spice imports, especially with it apparently enjoying Imperial favour. In response to the growing power of the European colonies to the South and Tartary to the North, the Emperor decides to pursue a more vocal diplomatic policy in order to help relations and to secure Japanese interests. The Fusahito court celebrates the marriage between the Emperor's sister, Fusahito Saeko, and the leader of the Ainu clan.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: Trade continues to bloom in the Kingdom due to its new link to the Theocracy. The King, using Theocratic warships, begins to crack down on piracy in the island chain.
 * Japanese Manchuria: The city of Tairikuku continues to grow in its role as the main destination for Fusahito goods bound for mainland Asia. New warehouses are built by the Japanese Trade Association with their new found wealth, in order to expand their interests on to the continent as well as in the Spice Islands.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their militaries. The medical experimenting over the last 40 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.5 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand to 5000 warships by 1600. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. The Emperor falls ill towards the end of the year- not surprising, since he's nearly 80. Only China's massive medical knowledge have kept him alive so long, but at this point, it's unlikely he'll survive. We continue to trade with nations like Dai Viet, Ayutthaya, and all those tiny European fuckers, while drawing up a treaty with Spain to trade Pegu for 200 years of free trade, peace, and massively inflated prices on silk, gold, porcelain, etc. The army begins training maneuvers, with almost two million soldiers, mostly militia, being drawn up; it is said that when the armies (There are seven of them) march, the Earth itself shakes. There are seven armies; six armies of 300,000 and one army of the elite 100,000 soldiers. The six normal armies are broken up into two corps of 150,000 each, which in turn are broken up into six divisions of 25,000 soldiers, broken up into five regiments of 5000 soldiers, broken up into five battalions of 1000, broken up into five companies of 200 each, broken up into four platoons of 50 each, broken up into five squads of ten each. The elite army has no corps; it goes straight into the 25,000 man division level.
 * Prussia: The Prussians resumes expanding their economy.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: Expansion continues inland 15 px.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues with the addition of 20 pixels' worth of land all across the border. Ngenism and Christianity continue to spread across the nation. Nocturne perishes in a firearm-related accident while visiting a military base near Nov Xoryan and is replaced by a man named Swain. Swain commisions a massive crow statue in the capital to commemorate the nation's progress over the past century; it should be done in three years.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our navy continues to rebuild as the shipbuilding industry within Gdansk continues to expand. Estimated time until the navy is rebuilt is in three more years. The population grows by a minimal amount following the return of several tens of thousands of soldiers. The population is estimated to reach nine million by the end of the year, as predicted by the General Sejm after the 1570 census. Economic development begins in order to rebuild from the war.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: After years of colonizing the island, colonists move into its depths at faster rates (15 px), colonizing 750 more sq km of the island. Only a portion of 250 sq km has been left unoccupied and unexplored to the current colonists. With a population of now over 700 people and about 75 armed guards, Governor Adomas Klimas has decided that they can now properly grow natural resources that the island has to export. Tobacco was initially grown but was seen as a loss. However, sugar cane farming has been seen as successful and has brought money to colony. Crops such as bananas also seem to be bought for large prices within the Commonwealth. Alcoholic beverages such as rum is also produced in order to bring in profit.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 56, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 21, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels)
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Pskov: Focuses this year at recovering economically from the war, rebuilding the fields, fixing infrastructure, The city begins publishing accounts of the war, and becomes famous around Europe for their heroic and shockingly unlikely survival against he onslaught of the Polish-Russian Armies. Their new deal with the Hispanians (in exchange for the Bank of Pskov being forced into preferential loans) gives Pskov opened horizons, and hopefully another tool in the case of another invasion. Traders who had corsair licences are told that they keep the status, but since Pskov is no longer at war, they cannot plunder. Some are nice enough to give back their plunder to the people, but most keep it to themselves and become wealthy merchants and begin building empires, driving the reconstruction. The Nizhegorodsk town Veche announces plans to trun the city into stone, just like Great Pskov. Little by little, Pskov pays for reconstruction, and, good news, are recovering from the debt hole they would have fallen into if the war was dragged on for another year. The Treasury at the end of the year has 1000 zolotniks as opposed to the 50 last year. The process is long and arduous, but thanks to foreign support, Pskov might just pull out of it, and the respect it earned from the international community for fending off and humiliaing the rising Power of the Polish-Muscovian Alliance aiding it it securing financial and trade deals. More diplomats, especially from Croatia and Hispania take up permanent residence in the Ambassadorial Village in Pskov.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Iroquois: The Iroquois Confederation gains a new chief who fully incorporates the Wenrorhonon into the Confederation, angering the neighboring Seneca. The chief calms the fear of the Seneca by stating that a strong Iroquois nation is essential for avoiding the problems that led to the downfall of decentralized Mississippia. Indeed, many believe that Mississippia's downfall only foreshadows what will happen to the decentralized Iroquois. The chief tries to alleviate some of their fears by beginning to centralize the Confederation and building roads in the European style between settlements for defense. He states "Only by a fusion of the old and new ways can we preserve our homeland". Despite anger from outlying chiefs who preferred the more decentralized days of yore, he is popular amongst the common folk. Despite the fall of Mississippia scaring many, the Iroquois are quick to capatalize on it, with a strong defensive alliance being formed with the Susquehanna and Erie. Primitive fortifications are built across the land. We ask all Iroquoian tribes to join the alliance to help preserve their independence from European nations. We also ask to speak with Britannia and Hispania about the prospects of trade, and a future guaranteeing the independence of the Iroquois. (Inf-Turn)
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Majapahit: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin vassalizing Minahasa.
 * I have absolutely no idea how you gained Brunei. Care to explain? - Eip
 * Raigama: This turn is dedicated to growth of military, mainly the navy. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. More Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. More and more often the Rajakaas is being phased out by the Dutch Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. More small Dutch ships are integrated into the navy. The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases. King Samir I turns 54. Some of the navy is sent to trade and explore waters around India.
 * Kotte: Kotte builds up its military, economy, and infrastructure.
 * Nava Kotte: The colony/trade post expands another [4px], making it [9px]. The colony has proved to be successful, helping with trade to Dai Viet, and other partners in the region. Nava Kotte starts building infrastructure.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.'
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. Malabar Christians and Jews both remain part of the critical functions of government in that region, and the proportion of Christians and Jews in that area rise. In Greece, agriculture continues to be an important part of the economy. Greek wines and olives remain popular in markets. In Crete and the Cyclades, some farmers take up saffron growing, noting the spice's steep price and the fact that the plant is native to that region. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. Recently acquired land, both in the colonies and the mainland, are further consolidated, with patrols clearing the areas of bandits or rebels and trying to instill peace as the regions are integrated and rebuilt.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops. The downfall of the Cahokians has put the colony on edge, and militias are on guard to protect Roman and native settlements.
 * Antillia: The colony is purchased from Poland as per an agreement, noting the Roman claims to the area. In return, Rome will acknowledge Poland's claims to the smaller islands to the east. Some Greek colonists move there to help jump-start the colony. The natives are contacted and asked if they know where the seven cities of gold are. With no satisfying answer, the colonists resort to trading with them until they find the cities, which the natives insist are there. Until then, the capital city of the colony is named Cibola, and the colony expands along the coast by 20 pixels. Part of that is dedicated to starting up outposts on Antillia's nearby companion island.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade cent
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. With the war over against Pskov, we sign the Treaty of Pskov, officially dismantling their government.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * In Illinikew, the Illini State, who are ethnically, religiously, and culturally, the same as the Illinikew populace, agrees to become a part of Illinikew after tedious vassalization negotiations that were only made possible by the tact of the méritekratos, who are still running Illinikew with great efficiency. Work on the Kankakee-Gichigami Canal continues, and great progress is made. The earlier conservative estimates of 1589 have been pushed forward a year to 1586. The greatest accomplishment this year, however, is the creation of the School of Governance, which supports the ideals of méritekratos and encourages a new generation of leaders to rise up. Some neighboring nations also adopt the idea of méritekratos more and more. This is especially common in the Miami lands, where we send emissaries to teach them of méritekratos. Chief Yoskeha, meanwhile, works in Iroquois lands in order to improve relations with Erie and Susquehanna. He, meanwhile, vassalizes the Huron who are glad to get the best of Mississippian technology. Illinikew works at Chicagoua (OTL Chicago), to make it the best port along the Gichigami. The military improves this year.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka begins to replace the existing currency.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka begins to replace the existing currency.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka begins to replace the existing currency.
 * ​Urdustani Diplomacy: To address the diminishing funds of the Urdustani Sultanate, we offer the first four European nations to respond, exclusive opium and cotton trades, which were previously not extensively traded in.

1587
In China, the Li Brothers, tired of foreigner merchants travelling through their native land, lead a large peasant revolt in Yue, seizing land and closing the ports.

'''Having been displaced by the L’nu and Mi'kmaq to the south, Innu natives escaping brutality in their lands manage to congregate around the settlement of Natuashish. They form a new government, seeing it as the best way to focus their resources, resisting any attempts by Oldenburg or Britannia to vassalize or influence their lands.'''

'''Fourteen religious radicals from Germany unsuccessfully plot an assassination against the ruler of Britannia. They are caught and executed over two days in St Giles Field, London, where they are hung, drawn and quartered.'''

'''The governor of the Polish-Lithuanian settlement of St Stanislaus, on the island of the same name (Guadeloupe), leaves the settlement unattended, making a trip back east to Gdansk. Upon arriving back at the settlement at the end of the year he finds the settlement’s population mysteriously vanished (Colonizing halted for one turn).'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Majapahit: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin vassalizing Minahasa.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 548,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the Hererote to help establish Hererote. He brings books with him. (mod response)
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: We begin sending traders and such to the Yamasee in attempts to open up relations on behalf of our European overlords, offering almost everything but gunpowder and firearms for furs. The road project continues to go underway. We expand inland 15 px.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Eight of Ten) and with it midway through we prepare for the vassalization. In order to build up the economy the Sultan orders an extensive mining operations throughout the Sultanate continue in order to add value to our currency, the Sultani. The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand. With the disastrous war in Turkey over, the Sultan is ultimately humbled, as he realizes the UIN is not the super alliance that it was once thought to be before. We also agree to Yemen's proposal of stopping the fighting, rebuilding and attacking at a later time.
 * Southern Persia: Economy buildup continues after the Rebuildment Era. The Governor, like the Sultan,  the extensive mining operation to the Governate coninues, in order to add value to our official currency, the Sultani.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey. As with Yemen we will not recognize Coptic Egypt until it stops its persecution of its Muslims. We also offer the Urdustani Empire 500 thousand Sultanis, the official currency of Mansuryyia and another 500 thousand Paras, the official currency of the Ottoman Empire, these offers are to give new life to the Urdustani economy, in repayment for being a loyal ally. In return for the money we request a trade agreement with Urdustan and OTL Quesham Island from Urdistan.
 * Ahh, shit. In China, the Li brother's revolt is dealt with in weeks. Without even mobilizing most of the military, the Royal Army swings into action, and the best 100,000 soldiers in China rain hell down on the peasants. The brothers are captured and slowly tortured to death in public, to cheering crowds in trade cities like Beijing, Nanjing, Shanghai, Hong Kong, and Generic Chinese City. Though the Empire's trade issues are unpopular in some areas, Three generations of trade have proved that free trade is EXCELLENT for China, with now only the backwater peasants (all 70 million of them -_-) opposed to it, and frankly speaking not even they pay attention to their opinions. The Emperor at last pops it in June, replaced by his son, who takes the throne under the name Emperor Wanli. Wanli continues the policies of his predecessors, increasing trade, and facilitates the selling of Pegu by brutally enforcing Chinese control of Sukhothai (Yeah, Ayutthaya - it's jointly administered; bite me.) Using our preferential trade with the Spanish, we proceed to sell them porcelain, silk 'n shit at high prices, thus gaining ridiculous amounts of silver that we then pay to get modern equipment, renovating, stimulating the economy, and giving bonuses to the small business man cuz yay. The army continues training, with the six armies spread out across the borders, and the Royal Army right in the center. Come at us, assorted enemies! Chinese ships continue to trade, and they are by now a regular sight in ports in Brittania, Hispania, Francia, and - OK, I'm sorry, can I just say something? Guys. WE GET IT. Latinized names are cool, but it's getting RIDICULOUS. The first Chinese ships make it through the Baltic, trading with the  UNC   fake bullshit Scandanavian Empire that replaced my beautiful UNC. Meanwhile, we look disaprrovingly at Ayutthaya, and decide that it would be fun to test out this awesome new navy and army we have. The naval expansion continues, with 4000 out of the 5000 new ships now built, the navy now up to over 10,000 troops. Yes, this was a serious post; yes, also, I am being sarcastic in some places, but anywhere I say China does something, it does something, mmkay?
 * I stand as the first one with the Latinized imperial name ... -Feud
 *  ​' ​Ayutthayan Diplomacy:' What did we do to you!?
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor secretly asks that China leave Ayutthaya intact, as a strong Southeast Asia is needed to offset the growing power of the European colonies.
 * Guys. I said it was a sarcastic post. That was one of the sarcastic bits; as you'll note, we didn't actually do anything.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1587, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Bavaria makes an official switch to the Telesphorian Calendar in 1587.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1587, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Hungary After years of international silence, I on behalf of my country would like to reach out and establish some better relationships with surrounding countries in hopes of becoming allies in the days to come. Army increases by 200 and by order of King Ladislaus VII, are training 500 more.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. Hispania stands down from war readiness. Hispania breaks her formal alliance with France with the parliament agreeing to this as it sensing a coming storm of colonial wars and potential European wars which can endanger the economy and superiority of the empire. Hispania agrees to give Pskov a defensive pact (whether it be supplies or full on military troops) in exchange for preferential loans from the bank of Pskov. Hispania will agree to the Japanese diplomacy as long as Hispania gains preferential trading rights within the Theocracy.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope Excommunicates the leaders of the Seige of Pskov as well as the Ruler of Muscovy for its treatment of Pskov and its dead during the war.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin.
 * Fusahito Dip: In return for Spanish help in Westernisation, the Emperor offers Hispania free, untaxed use of Theocratic ports. Also, 50% of spice imports will originate in the Spanish Philippines for the next 25 years, provided it is sold at no more than 14% above market price and there is a sufficient amount of spice available to satisfy Japanese demand.
 * Hispanian Dip: Agreed.
 * Vorlayacor:  The northwest expansion continues with another 20 pixels' worth of land being obtained.  The military continues its intense training. In cities and larger towns, roads and ports are upgraded to allow increased trade. Swain's crow statue will be completed in two years.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to influence Lanna and vasalisation is nearing completion (Turn Seven of Ten) and we continue to develop our large warship (Turn Three of Four). We also continue our construction of our major trading port for the esport of saltpetre (Turn Two of Eight). We look at colonising the small Nicobar islands off our of our west coast and we influence the local popualtion before we later colonise (not colonising yet).
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to the Dutch: We are happy to see you want to ally with us and it is within our best interests to make a stronger Asia. We happily accept!
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Fusahito: Certainly, we send over trade ships full of saltpetre, I hope this will strengthen our alliance.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to China: We don't understand why you would be mobilising your navy and we are unsure why you want to attack us. We ask for diplomacy on the matter so an agreement can be made.
 * ... It was a sarcastic post, and we aren't mobilizing our navy; we've been building it up for YEARS.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Japanese Trade Association continues to exert a large economic presence in the Spice Islands, helped by the recent gain of the newly vassalised Ryukyu Kingdom. The Trade Association launch their first ten warships, immediately deploying them in the Ryukyu Kingdom. Private traders outside the Association look towards the frozen lands to the North to cope with its virtual monopoly over spice imports. Large quantities of gunpowder are produced to supply the growing firearms divisions in the Imperial Army, with around ten thousand troops armed with European style muskets. At the same time, the Emperor institutes a program of shipbuilding featuring square rigging, modelled on Dutch and Spanish ships. Mil turn. Emissaries, priests, artisans and traders are sent to the Ainu people of Hokkaido, attempting to bridge the divide between traditional Ainu and Japanese culture. The Fusahito Emperor encourages his brother-in-law to expand centralised Ainu power over the rest of Hokkaido, creating an Ainu state to resist hostile invasion of the island chain, styling the Ainu state as a Princedom.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: Trade continues to bloom in the Kingdom due to its new link to the Theocracy. Both Theocratic warships and the new ships of the Trade Association crack down on piracy, greatly increasing the safety of shipping.
 * Japanese Manchuria: The city of Tairikuku continues to grow in its role as the main destination for Fusahito goods bound for mainland Asia. New warehouses are built by the Japanese Trade Association with their new found wealth, in order to expand their interests on to the continent as well as in the Spice Islands.
 * Sultanate-e-Yemen: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 30 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack its merchant ships, to weaken its trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Pahrem (Perim), Dahlak and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Eight of Ten). We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. With the proposal of marriage accepted by the King of Abyssinia, the Yemeni Sultan Ahmad gave a farewell to his sister, Princess Mariam and now Queen Mariam of Abyssinia, who then sailed to Abyssinia; accompanied by 25 warships for protection on her journey. It had been agreed that Queen Mariam would not be forced to convert to Christianity and both states would try their best to protect the minorities in their Kingdoms. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Mil turn and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen requests the Damascan Sultanate to protect the Turks living in al Sham (Syria), Falesteen (Palestine) and Kurdistan from the violence spread by the angry mobs to show that in the Damascan Sultanate, the Turks are treated equally and the Turks are not persecuted by the state. The Sultan believes that this would undermine the basis of the Turkish Sultanate which had been created to protect the Turks from the supposedly oppressing Arabs
 * Yemeni - Egyptian Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen refuses to recognise the Christian state of Egypt unless it stops it's oppression, persecution and conversion of Muslims. The Sultanate of Damascus, too, is requested to withdraw its recognition of the Christian Kingdom.
 * Yemens - Urdustani Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen are keen on signing a trade deal with Urdustan for the purchase of spices, cloth, as well as purchase of Urdustan warships for the defence of Yemen. Urdustan is in return offered dates, coffee, glass, as well as access to Yemeni ports
 * Urdustani Diplomacy: We accept all terms, except the purchase of warships, as they are not of Urdustani design, and we wish to confer with the nation who has designed them, to prevent unwanted backlash against Urdustan.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,345,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000), Chimu (21,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 11 while Apeac II hits age 6. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. Military occupation continues of Hurin Nazca.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 116,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy' and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * ​Urdustani Diplomacy: To address the diminishing funds of the Urdustani Sultanate, we offer the first four European nations to respond, exclusive opium and cotton trades, which were previously not extensively traded in.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Needs mod response): We request that the League nations of Bahamni and Jaunpur, falling in line with League proposals, repay part of their debts to the nation of Urdustan.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We  offer the Urdustani Empire 500 thousand Sultanis, the official currency of Mansuryyia and another 500 thousand Paras, the official currency of the Ottoman Empire, these offers are to give new life to the Urdustani economy,  In return for the money we request a trade agreement with Urdustan and the OTL Quesham Island in the Straight of Habriz from Urdistan.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Due to the need of using the Philadelphi canal, Egypt is recognized as a sovereign state, furthermore Yemen is asked to accept a trade pact with Croatia in order to improve relations and allow Croatian ships to use Yemeni ports during their voyage to Goa.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.'
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. Malabar Christians and Jews both remain part of the critical functions of government in that region, and the proportion of Christians and Jews in that area rise. In Greece, agriculture continues to be an important part of the economy. Greek wines and olives remain popular in markets. In Crete and the Cyclades, some farmers take up saffron growing, noting the spice's steep price and the fact that the plant is native to that region. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. Recently acquired land, both in the colonies and the mainland, are further consolidated, with patrols clearing the areas of bandits or rebels and trying to instill peace as the regions are integrated and rebuilt.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops. The downfall of the Cahokians has put the colony on edge, and militias are on guard to protect Roman and native settlements.
 * Antillia: The colony is purchased from Poland as per an agreement, noting the Roman claims to the area. In return, Rome will acknowledge Poland's claims to the smaller islands to the east. Some Greek colonists move there to help jump-start the colony. The natives are contacted and asked if they know where the seven cities of gold are. With no satisfying answer, the colonists resort to trading with them until they find the cities, which the natives insist are there. Until then, the capital city of the colony is named Cibola, and the colony expands along the coast by 20 pixels. Part of that is dedicated to starting up outposts on Antillia's nearby companion island.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our navy continues to rebuild as the shipbuilding industry within Gdansk continues to expand. Estimated time until the navy is rebuilt is in two more years. Following the large amount of troops coming back home, the population slightly increases. The population is estimated to reach nine million by the end of the century, as predicted by the General Sejm after the 1570 census. As veterans from the war continue to return to daily civilian lives, food production heavily increases. Economic development begins in order to rebuild from the war.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: Following Adomas’s return to the Polish Imperial Isles after his journey back to Gdansk in order to report to King Casimir, he sends a letter back to the Commonwealth to send more volunteers to the island. With around half the previous population and several towns abandoned, Adomas labelled it as a tribal raid. Around 500 more volunteers enter the colony by the end of the year, but expansion has halted as the local government is fearful of the tribes that have centered into the middle of the island.
 * County of Oldenburg: There is general concern about the plot to assassinate Count Wilhelm, and as a result the military is expanded, especially the Comital Household Guard. Regent Johannes also increases the protestant tax.
 * Prince-Bisopric of Osnabruck: The judges decide on a roof design for the cathedral: a grand dome with beautifully painted interior. Work begins with the architect who submitted the design being put in charge of construction. University students and the town's apprentices all spend time on the worksite, learning the tricks of their trades.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 56, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 21, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities. It is declared that after Poland’s previous actions against the nation of Pskov, our ally and a supporter of Polish independence, the alliance previously established with Poland be withdrawn.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward along the coast by 750 sq km (15 pixels)
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective co-operation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be unco-operative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Fusahito Dip: Emissaries are sent from the Theocracy to the Tartars to open up diplomatic and trade relations.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Raigama: This turn is dedicated to growth of military, mainly the navy. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. More Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. More and more often the Rajakaas is being phased out by the Dutch Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. More small Dutch ships are integrated into the navy. The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases. King Samir I turns 54. Some of the navy is sent to trade and explore waters around India.
 * Kotte: Kotte builds up its military, economy, and infrastructure.
 * Nava Kotte: The colony/trade post expands another [4px], making it [13px]. The colony has proved to be successful, helping with trade to Dai Viet, and other partners in the region. Nava Kotte starts building infrastructure.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Pskov, happy for the actions of their Hungarian and newly acquired French allies continue to rebuild their economy. The Funding for the university slowly comes back as the fields once again begin to be reseeded. The Veche officially disbands the emergency war powers granted, and the military, with its 17,000 casualties, return to mourning homes and the Knyaz establishes a national day of commemoration of the heroes. Any dead that were identified and confirmed are declared heroes of the state, and their families promised mentions in the histories. The Knyaz and Veche OK the "Book of Heroes" where all heroes of the homeland will be inscribed.The university continues its astronomical studies. Due to most economic restrictions lifted, merchants rejoyce,  and many more immigrants come from Novgorod illegally and are easily furnished Pskovian things after they hear of its valliant defence, proving that the city-state, even if small, can withstand the power of the oppressors. Pskov thanks the Bishop of Rome for his actions, saying that now at least that some sort of justice is served.
 * Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1588
'''The migration of Innu natives north to Natuashish causes the damage of Oldenburg’s colony in the area. Some Innu even raid small villages and farms in the area to supply their move, as well as acting on the Oldenburger settlers for personal revenge.'''

'''Christ above! An event involving Oldenburg!? Inconceivable! (And for clarification, does this mainly affect the inland areas near that lakey thing?)''' Callumthered (talk) 04:18, August 8, 2014 (UTC)

'''I estimate that the largest attacks would be in the western parts of your territory and inland areas, away from the more developed towns on the coast. - Mscoree'''

The Li brothers turn out to fool the Imperial Army by baiting them with a  '''smaller army, and people pretending to bear their names. Before they attack, they gain the support of a prominent local warlord, who makes them generals in his army. An army, only fit to put down the size of the initial revolt, comes from the north to combat the revolt, but it is utterly defeated. (Scores undoubled: Military:10 Economy: 10 Infrastructure:2 )'''

A series of Spanish trade ships operating around the Spanish territory of Cuba are raided by pirates operating from their haven in New Prussia, causing the loss of several trade good shipments in the Imperial Sea.

''' The Scandinavian vassals in Scandinavia have been deemed implausible, and have therefore been retconned. '''


 * The Indonesian ones? ~Rex
 * Those are the ones. TBH, I much prefer this to a mod event. -Crim

'''Wat!? Aternix!?  06:15, August 8, 2014 (UTC)'''
 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: infrastructure continues improving, the navy begins recovering. Neu Braunschweig, Neu Lüneburg and Williamsburg expand by 20 px.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Outraged over the insolence of their allies in Indonesia, Scandinavia responds by sending much of the seventh fleet to Indonesia. They respond with heavy force, bombing native cities and killing civilians. One day in particular, known as Black Tuesday, is remembered as the day Scandinavia massacred countless civilians and attempted to purge Islam from the area quickly. Mosques are burned and holy sites are desecrated. In December, the seventh fleet arrives, adding to the bloodshed. Scandinavia states that they do not intend to lose Indonesia. However, if they do, they are going to make them pay. In much happier news, the colony of Hamnklaus is established in OTL Puerto Rico. Hamnklaus (Port of Klaus) is named for King Kristoffer's son, Klaus. The military, especially the navy, is expanded. The vassalization of Wyandotte begins (Turn One of Three)
 * Brandenburg: Brandenburg expands its military.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its military. Roads to towns are replaced due to rampant erosion caused by the particularly harsh winters in the area. New roads are also created for more efficient commerce.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is military.
 * ^What?
 * Holstein: Holstein expands its military.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands as ports are renovated for merchants. The trade going into Lubeck aids Scandinavia's economy considerably. Roads to Schleswig are created.
 * Majapahit: Spends year on fire.
 * Pomerania: Pomerania expands its military.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands. Relations with the natives improve this year, New Gotland becoming a shining beacon for hope of Native/European co-operation in the coming years. Thousands flock to the New Copenhagen Games in Vinland this year.
 * Schleswig: Military is expanded.
 * Selebar: On fire at the moment.
 * Siak: Also on fire.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved. The Borealis Trail, a road from Strombek to Vinland and New Gotland, is planned. Groundwork begins this Autumn.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Wanin: Surprisingly not on fire. Wanin is thanked for not rebelling by Scandinavia.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Nine of Ten) and with it midway through we prepare for the vassalization. In order to build up the economy the Sultan orders an extensive mining operations throughout the Sultanate continue in order to add value to our currency, the Sultani. The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand. With the disastrous war in Turkey over, the Sultan is ultimately humbled, as he realizes the UIN is not the super alliance that it was once thought to be before. We also agree to Yemen's proposal of stopping the fighting, rebuilding and attacking at a later time.
 * Southern Persia: Economy buildup continues after the Rebuildment Era. The Governor, like the Sultan,  the extensive mining operation to the Governate coninues, in order to add value to our official currency, the Sultani.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey. As with Yemen we will not recognize Coptic Egypt until it stops its persecution of its Muslims. We also offer the Urdustani Empire 500 thousand Sultanis, the official currency of Mansuryyia and another 500 thousand Paras, the official currency of the Ottoman Empire, these offers are to give new life to the Urdustani economy, in repayment for being a loyal ally. In return for the money we request a trade agreement with Urdustan and OTL Quesham Island from Urdistan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Hungary We declare war on Poland and send siege equipment and 12,000 soliders to fight them. We ask for trade relations between Rome, Romania, France, Baravia, and West Phalia. Economy grows and military increases by 1200.
 * Romania accepts the Trade offer.Stephanus rex (talk) 21:14, August 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * Vorlayacor:  The crow statue is completed this year, ahead of schedule. It  portrays a crow, one of the most intelligent and capable animals, spreading its wings to take flight; it is over 50 feet high and 100 wide, making it easily the largest structure in the Western Hemisphere. Constructed partially of stone and partially of metal, it will last for the ages as a testament to Vorlayacor's resurgence. The military and navy undergo heavy expansion this year, with the military increasing to 17,500 standing troops and the navy constructing heavy doraks to compete with larger vessels on the open seas.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: We decide to begin warning our privateers that it may not be in their best interest to harass large empires. We continue to open up trade corridors with the Yamasee to increase productivity of political and economic subjugation. Some Yamasee traders know the standardized Timicua tongue that was transcribed to Latin some decades ago, and a few of their chiefs know German. Expansion inland continues 15 px.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our navy continues to rebuild as the shipbuilding industry within Gdansk continues to expand. Estimated time until the navy is rebuilt is in one more year. After another census has been taken within the Commonwealth, the administration has found the population to be at a current 8.7 million. Predictions for the end of the century population remains at 9.1 million. Crops from St Stanislaus are imported into the country and making large amounts of profit within the nation. Economic advisors of King Casimir’s Privy Council say that the economic recession will be solved several years before the end of the century. Due to economic situations more volunteers show up in Gdansk, eager to be sent to the Imperial Isles colony. Economic development continues.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: Following the mysterious disappearance of the colonies inhabitants, several hundred volunteers from the Commonwealth have arrived to continue the island’s settlement. While explorers and colonists were traveling towards the middle of the island, colonists reported seeing tribesmen who scouting the party. As governor of the colony, Adomas Klimas and 70 other men along with two cannons moved farther into the unexplored region of the island. The Caribs who were the indigenous inhabitants of the island soon attacked Governor Klimas’s party of 70 troops. With a far more advanced arsenal, Klimas fired several volleys into the forest scattering the raiding party. Klimas soon requested to the General Sejm more colonists and troops in order to secure the middle of the isle. By March, the colony had over 1,300 people, not including the 120 troops that protected it. Two months after the request, Klimas and 80 armed troops soon went back into the forest in order to raid their encampment. After several days of traveling in the jungles, a native village was found with all its inhabitants dead. All have been found dead of Smallpox, along with several other villages. Following the extermination of the Carib tribes, Klimas decides to call for the complete settlement of the island. Colonists soon start moving into the center of the St Stanislaus. By the end of the year the whole of the island has been cleared of natives and settled by Poles, Lithuanians and Byelorussians. In order to expand the colony, Klimas has decided to settle the islands south of St Stanislaus. Several frigates have been sent to check the island. Klimas decided the name the isles St Otto (OTL: Marie Galante), Nowy Krakow (OTL: Dominica), Kraktów (OTL: Martinique).
 * Ayutthaya: Our vassalisation of Lanna is nearly complete (Turn Eight of Ten), and we are also glad Nicobar_ayutthaya.png announce the final development of our Warship and it will serve to protect many of our trade ships. We also continue with the development of our major trading port (Turn Three of Ten) and the saltpetre supply is increased. Our economy starts increasing due to the sucess of saltpetre trade. We continue to develop up to date military and military research. We start our first colonial turn over the Nicobar islands and a northern islands colony and a southern island colony both 1 px. We start building more riflemen and modernised military from European technology.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to the Dutch: Your colonisation of the Nicobar islands has gotten our colonisation process in a bit of a tangle, we wish to talk about the distribution of the lands between our two countries. We wish to make a map and divide the islands accordingly.
 * Ayutthaya can colonize? I'd say this is just expansion, but what do the mods think? Rex.
 * Yeah I didn't really want to call it colonising as it is simply populating and claiming small islands off of my coast. However, I went by the rules of colonisation anyway. Not_suspect.jpg Aternix!? Star.jpg 06:47, August 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * Raigama ---> Ayutthaya Dip: Your expansion on the southern island is invalid. Nava Kotte has held this land for a few years. See: Here, Here, and Here. King Samir also warns that if expansion continues on these islands war with Raigama and its allies WILL be expected.
 * All right, first of all ... How about the Dutch? They are colonising as well. Secondly, I didn't even know you had those parts and I haven't even seen any warning about it. It wasn't on the latest map update. If it was on your turn I apologise for not seeing it and my colonisation of the southern island will be reverted. Finally, if you have only colonised what I can see on those maps then you should only be angry at me for colonising the southern island and not the northern one. Keep in mind that there was a mapping detail missed and the northern most island which is coloured light grey is mine and shouldn't be colonised. I will be posting in the map errors on the talk page now about the misscolour of the northern island. Not_suspect.jpg Aternix!? Star.jpg 07:02, August 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * New_Nicobar.png you agree for this to be the appropraite colonisation of Nicobar? Not_suspect.jpg Aternix!? Star.jpg 07:09, August 8, 2014 (UTC) 
 * Sorry about my escalation of the event. Can I propose that Ayutthaya can get the northern island (and the tiny island above it), and Raigama gets the southern island?
 * Not a single problem, sorry for not realising you had the island. I will make sure not to colonise your island. Not_suspect.jpg Aternix!? Star.jpg 07:38, August 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * In Illinikew, méritekratos, continues to run Illinikew with great efficiency. Work on the Kankakee-Gichigami Canal is finished, and the canal gives even more importance to Chicagoua (OTL Chicago), which is now the busiest port on the Gichigami.The School of Governance of the University of Cahokia continues to reach international populations. We continue to influence Miami's form of governance. The economy improves this year. Illini grows closer to the Illinikew.
 * Sultanate-e-Yemen: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 30 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack its merchant ships, to weaken its trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Many advisors were sent to Eritrea to advise the Eritrean King on how to develop their economy and humanitarian aid was also sent to the poor although not in large amount. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam in the name of Eritrea and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture and we start to vassalize Eritrea (Turn Nine of Ten). We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. The Sultan Ahmed invited the Eritrean King for a visit to Sana'a. With the proposal of marriage accepted by the King of Abyssinia, the Yemeni Sultan Ahmad gave a farewell to his sister, Princess Mariam and now Queen Mariam of Abyssinia, who then sailed to Abyssinia; accompanied by 25 warships for protection on her journey. It had been agreed that Queen Mariam would not be forced to convert to Christianity and both states would try their best to protect the minorities in their Kingdoms. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an allied at the straits, Yemen launches an invasion to capture the island (we have siege artillery) to protect its trade. Mil turn and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen requests the Damascan Sultanate to protect the Turks living in al Sham (Syria), Falesteen (Palestine) and Kurdistan from the violence spread by the angry mobs to show that in the Damascan Sultanate, the Turks are treated equally and the Turks are not persecuted by the state. The Sultan believes that this would undermine the basis of the Turkish Sultanate which had been created to protect the Turks from the supposedly oppressing Arabs
 * Yemeni - Egyptian Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Yemen refuses to recognise the Christian state of Egypt unless it stops it's oppression, persecution and conversion of Muslims. The Sultanate of Damascus, too, is requested to withdraw its recognition of the Christian Kingdom.
 * Yemeni - Urdustani Diplomacy: Trade has started between the two states.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Innu raids on inland Neu Norderney create some concern in bothe the colony and the metropole. Regent Johannes orders a regiment of Oldenburger regulars to Neu Norderney to protect the main towns and villages. Money is given to Lord Conrad to fund the construction of better town defences, such as wooden pallisades, dirt ditches and ramparts. Many settlers in more inland areas move closer the the coast; nearer to the main population centres. The OHG's fur and timber trade suffers, and forces the company to consider new sources of materials.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the cathedral's new roof. The yet-unfinished dome is quite a hit amongst the townsfolk, with many workers sitting in the town square during their lunchbreaks just watching the impressive and exotic structure take shape. The Buhnefest organisers see an opportunity to cash-in on this interest and stage their festivities in front of the cathedral, bringing record crowds.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Japanese Trade Association continues to exert a large economic presence in the Spice Islands, helped by the recent gain of the newly vassalised Ryukyu Kingdom. However, the spice trade is shrunk somewhat by the decree that 50% of spice imports must come from the Philippines, raising the price of spice throughout the Theocracy. Private traders outside the Association look towards the frozen lands to the North to cope with its virtual monopoly over spice imports. Large quantities of gunpowder are produced to supply the growing firearms divisions in the Imperial Army, with around ten thousand troops armed with European style muskets. At the same time, the Emperor institutes a program of shipbuilding featuring square rigging, modeled on Dutch and Spanish ships, aided by the Spanish as a result of the recent negotiations. Mil turn. Similarly, Spanish aid in setting up a European-style banking system is also welcomed by the Emperor, leading to the creation of the Imperial Bank of Japan in Kyoto. Emissaries, priests, artisans and traders are sent to the Ainu people of Hokkaido, attempting to bridge the divide between traditional Ainu and Japanese culture. The Fusahito Emperor encourages his brother-in-law to expand centralised Ainu power over the rest of Hokkaido, creating an Ainu state to resist hostile invasion of the island chain, styling the Ainu state as a Princedom.
 * Ryukyu Kingdom: Trade continues to bloom in the Kingdom due to its new link to the Theocracy. Both Theocratic warships and the new ships of the Trade Association crack down on piracy, greatly increasing the safety of shipping.
 * Japanese Manchuria: The city of Tairikuku continues to grow in its role as the main destination for Fusahito goods bound for mainland Asia. New warehouses are built by the Japanese Trade Association with their new found wealth, in order to expand their interests on to the continent as well as in the Spice Islands.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 57, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 22, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities. After deliberation with the Senate and a secret envoy from Hungary, Vladimir orders the military mobilized, and many cannons prepared. Having watched on at the near destruction of Pskov, Vladimir has lost all faith in the Honor of the Polish king, calling for the despot his father helped install to be removed for his crimes. Romania calls upon Hungary, to help destroy a threat to both Romania and Hungary.
 * We have mobilized 12,000 troops as well as siege equipment to Poland we only ask for some land in exchange for the help.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The military is Mobilized and marches to join the Romanian Army against Poland. A detachment of artillery crews and cannons are also sent.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev. The Kievan military marches to join the Romanians attacking Poland. Several bombards are sent in addition to the troops to aid in the assault.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow however it ceases expanding due to supply shortages from the war.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We finish vassalizing Chagatia.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chagatia: We build up our millitary and economy.
 * Zapoteca: Continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope Excommunicates the leaders of the Seige of Pskov as well as the Ruler of Muscovy for its treatment of Pskov and its dead during the war.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Yemen is asked to accept a trade pact with Croatia in order to improve relations and allow Croatian ships to use Yemeni ports during their voyage to Goa.
 * Hungary We would like to start trade relations with Croatia and using your seas to gain acess to trade with Yemen.
 * Croatia shall accept the improvement of trade relations and will allow Hungary to use Croatian ports at reasonable tariffs.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,355,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (400,000),  Hurin Qosquo (256,000),Hurin Nazca (100,000), Wanka (99,000), Hanan Nazca (86,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor ,(60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (35,000), and La Paz (18,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, Citiy With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 120,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy' and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to buy Silesia from Poland-Lithuania in exchange for a non-aggression pact.
 * Commonwealth Diplomacy: We accept and agree to sell it upon the conclusion of the war.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Majapahit: This turn is officially dedicated to military.  We begin vassalizing Minahasa.
 * No more expansion into indonesia period -Feud
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1588, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Bavaria makes an official switch to the Telesphorian Calendar in 1587. In diplomatic news, Queen Catherine and the Curia Bavaria are pleased with the Hungarian move for increased diplomacy. We offer a renewed alliance and the construction of mutual embassies.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1588, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.'
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. Malabar Christians and Jews both remain part of the critical functions of government in that region, and the proportion of Christians and Jews in that area rise. In Greece, agriculture continues to be an important part of the economy. Greek wines and olives remain popular in markets. In Crete and the Cyclades, some farmers take up saffron growing, noting the spice's steep price and the fact that the plant is native to that region. Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. Recently acquired land, both in the colonies and the mainland, are further consolidated, with patrols clearing the areas of bandits or rebels and trying to instill peace as the regions are integrated and rebuilt.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Reme: The various three colonial governments in Borealia are merged together into one single colony with its capital at Reme. Existing arrangements with the natives are kept, along with the growth of cash crops. The downfall of the Cahokians has put the colony on edge, and militias are on guard to protect Roman and native settlements.
 * Antillia: The colony is purchased from Poland as per an agreement, noting the Roman claims to the area. In return, Rome will acknowledge Poland's claims to the smaller islands to the east. Some Greek colonists move there to help jump-start the colony. The natives are contacted and asked if they know where the seven cities of gold are. With no satisfying answer, the colonists resort to trading with them until they find the cities, which the natives insist are there. Until then, the capital city of the colony is named Cibola, and the colony expands along the coast by 20 pixels. Part of that is dedicated to starting up outposts on Antillia's nearby companion island.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * ​Urdustani Diplomacy: To address the diminishing funds of the Urdustani Sultanate, we offer the first four European nations to respond, exclusive opium and cotton trades, which were previously not extensively traded in.
 * Urdustnai Diplomacy (Needs mod response): We request that the League nations of Bahamni and Jaunpur, falling in line with League proposals, repay part of their debts to the nation of Urdustan.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We  offer the Urdustani Empire 500 thousand Sultanis, the official currency of Mansuryyia and another 500 thousand Paras, the official currency of the Ottoman Empire, these offers are to give new life to the Urdustani economy,  In return for the money we request a trade agreement with Urdustan and the OTL Quesham Island in the Straight of Habriz from Urdistan.
 * Urdustani Dip: We accept the generous offer of the Mansurryian Sultanate, and will begin to immediately transfer control of the Quesham Island to the Sultanate.
 * Pskov: Happy for the actions of their Hungarian and newly acquired French allies continue to rebuild their economy. The funding for the unviersity slowly comes back as the fields once again begin to be reseeded. More and more astronomical measurements are made, and printed into books. Pskov sends a small division of troops in support of Hungary to their front. Pskov thanks Hungary et co. for their support. Economy continuyes to recover from the war. Pskov begins to be known as the Great city. Ostrov grows, and estimates of the population reach over 700,000 thanks to republican Novgorodians who migrated after Pskov's show of force and its defence of its Democracy, most of them soldiers (I mean, a faction large enough to spark a civil war should be at least 10% of pop. right? and that would be like, Novgorod the city 400,000 pop and state 2,000,000 maybe? So 200,000 rebels in total ever at all (well, including families)).
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 575,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the Hererote to help establish Hererote. He brings books with him. (mod response)
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 575,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the Hererote to help establish Hererote. He brings books with him. (mod response)

1589
'''All Illinikew influence Iroquoian and Algonquian nations is hereby retconned, meaning no such personal union exists between the Iroquois Confederacy and the nation of Illinikew. The nation of Huron closes diplomatic ties with Illinikew, ending all influence within the nation. The nation of Illini declares that it will never again bow to a Illinikew grand chief, and declares itself independent. The Illini (Scores undoubled: Military: 8, Economy: 8, Infrastructure: 5) fight back Illinikew officials, requiring an offensive invasion from Illinikew into their territory to take them back.'''

Similarly, the nation of Prussia and its colony of New Prussia lose all influence with the Yamasee, Seminole and other former Mississippian tribes, as these tribes remain hostile to European and foreign expansion in their homeland (no peaceful vassalization of these areas).

'''After a series of supply ships crash into rocks near settlements in Britannia’s Borealia colonies, near OTL Maine. A group of craftsmen and fishermen are recruited by the colony’s government to create a network of lighthouses and other mechanisms to protect the coast. They form a primitive coast guard, made up of small fore-and-aft rig fishing vessels native to the area, and a detachment of naval ships donated by the local government, and collectively they become known as the Order of the Green Lanterns'''.


 * Considering the Order is made up of craftsmen and fishermen, I doubt it would be called the "Knightly Order", as I reckon actual knights would take offense. I propose "Worshipful Order", "Honourable Order", or "Colonial Order" instead. Callumthered (talk) 22:18, August 9, 2014 (UTC)
 * Fair enough. I changed it to simply "the Order of the Green Lantern" for now. - Mscoree

'''Warlords in Sichuan, and Wu revolt, and defeat a larger army sent for Yue, in a surprise three-pronged attack. (Scores undoubled: Military:10 Economy:10 Infrastructure:3)'''

Native assaults begin in the most inland parts of the Portuguese colonies in response to their advanced expansion into the Brazilian interior from the North and South, hampering their efforts moderately.
 * Fixed the event for you. Given the reason for the event, it would make more sense for the attacks to be inland instead of the coast, since a attack in the coast for that reason would imply that natives of completely different tribes and language families, and living hundreds of km from each other were united and organized, which they weren't. --Collie Kaltenbrunner (talk) 11:13, August 9, 2014 (UTC)


 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Military and economy built up. Neu Braunschweig, Neu Lüneburg, and Williamsburg expands 20 px. In the Friedrich Inseln (OTL Nicobar islands) the Hamburgian trade centers begin expanding into the islands as a new colony.


 * Sultanate-e-Yemen: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 30 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman too played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. With the proposal of marriage accepted by the King of Abyssinia, the Yemeni Sultan Ahmad gave a farewell to his sister, Princess Mariam and now Queen Mariam of Abyssinia, who then sailed to Abyssinia; accompanied by 25 warships for protection on her journey. It had been agreed that Queen Mariam would not be forced to convert to Christianity and both states would try their best to protect the minorities in their Kingdoms. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an allied at the straits, Yemen launches an invasion to capture the island (we have siege artillery) to protect its trade. Meanwhile, we vassalized Somalia (Turn One of Five) by spreading our influence through trade and secretly launching attacks on their merchant ships thus forcing them to depend heavily on us. Mil turn and Eco Turn
 * Kingdom of Ahritriya: Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Hungary Military increases by 2000 plus training of 1500 more. Our new trade relations with Yemen and Croatia increase our economy growth. We put cannon on two wheels instead of four allowing them when fired to not move backwards and allowing quick reloads and easy re-adjustments when firing, we are studying cannon fired upwards and are discovering that it will take a couple of years for our soliders to use this in war. We as Romania and Rome to help each other in cannon research and we ask Rome to do trade with us. The King has a daughter and names her Kara and feasts are held in the capital to celebrate such an occasion. Troops from Poland return to take a rest from the fighting. We would like Poland to sign a peace treaty and to start trade relations with them.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our troops who have been exhausted by previous wars as well as suffering from poor equipment maintenance due to the economic recession from Pskov. War taxes were raised for the year in order to help rebuild the economy and this somewhat aided the current economic situation. The military has been mobilized in order to combat the southern threat, with siege weapons that have been stockpiled moved as well. Hungarian and Romanian forces are met on the southern border. However, the coalition armies are slowly advancing within Poland, even with help from our exhausted ally Moscow. Troops are ordered to hold the lines, but Romanian and Hungarian troops are slowly breaking through. Although at the current rate, they have taken most of the Slovakian region, but their advance has slowed down. Although we have said we accepted the selling of Silesia to Bohemia after the conclusion of the war, the Privy Council and the General Sejm begin to doubt the selling of Silesia. The General Sejm has decided to postpone the sale until furhter discussion about the sale has been made. However funding for the colonization of the Imperial Sea still continues. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle. About 100 colonists reach the island of St Otto and successfully settle the island of 300 sq km. However, in Nowy Krakow, about 300 colonists have landed on the island and created a small town with minor fortifications. The northern coast of Nowy Krakow has been secured.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. Hispania expresses interest in further expanding trade with Urdustan in foodstuffs, etc, to gain access to exclusive opium trade and whatever else they plan to sell.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope excommunicates the leaders of the Seige of Pskov as well as the ruler of Muscovy for its treatment of Pskov and its dead during the war.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: Economic build up and the vassalization of Oman continues (Turn Ten of Ten). With the completion of the vassalization of Oman over, it should take one year for Oman to come under complete vassalization. Meanwhile, a governor is installed in Oman during this transitional period. With Qushm Island also under our jurisdiction, we also install a governor there during the transitional period, which should be over in one year. In order to build up the economy the Sultan orders an extensive mining operations throughout the Sultanate continue in order to add value to our currency, the Sultani. The trade agreements to the Tatary and Urdistan still stand. With the disastrous war in Turkey over, the Sultan is ultimately humbled, as he realizes the UIN is not the super alliance that it was once thought to be before. We also agree to Yemen's proposal of stopping the fighting, rebuilding and attacking at a later time.


 * Southern Persia: Economy buildup continues after the Rebuildment Era. The Governor, like the Sultan,  the extensive mining operation to the Governate coninues, in order to add value to our official currency, the Sultani.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We also continue to request that the Damascan Sultanate stop the war in Oman completely as the damage from the Turkish War will be extreme. Instead we request that we can peacefully vassalize Oman instead of getting land in Turkey. As with Yemen we will not recognize Coptic Egypt until it stops its persecution of its Muslims. We thank the Empire of Urdustan for accepting our offer and thus giving us control of Qeshm Island.
 * Ayutthaya: Vassalisation is neary complete over Lanna. (Turn Nine of Ten),and our claiming New_New_Nicobar.png populating of the northern Nicobar Islands continue. 8 px. We continue with the development of the large trading port (Turn Four of Ten). We continue developing our specialised units and boosting our economy through trade. We also continue to strengthen our nation against floods. We make plans to divide our nation into three regions once the vassalisation of Lanna is complete. We start setting up military personally and government offices ready to take control and increase stability in Lanna.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 58, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 22, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities. The military withdrawal from Poland after the peace of Halych is established and signed, however the Russian menace refused to sign. And thus the entire Romanian Army is launched in an invasion of the so-called “Bear of the East”. As the soldiers cross into Volhynia Vladimir praises their courage and names them all as they are, Bulls of Moldova, Eagles of Wallachia, Stalwarts of Transylvania, Bulgarian Lions. The army sweeps through Volhynia quickly subduing a large force of 55,000 Russians and then another of 75,000. The superior Romanian equipment and training proves invaluable in southern Russia where as many as 120,000 Russian are killed or captured in battle. The Culverini are used to huge effect slashing holes in the Russian lines, or smashing down the walls of ancient castles.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The military is Mobilized and marches to join the Romanian Army against Russia. A detachment of artillery crews and cannons are also sent.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev. The Kievan military marches to join the Romanians attacking Russia. Several bombards are sent in addition to the troops to aid in the assault.
 * Romanian Somalia : Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow however it ceases expanding due to supply shortages from the war.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially conecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conducive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 605,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the Hererote to help establish Hererote. He brings books with him. (mod response)
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,370,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (400,000),  Hurin Qosquo (256,000),Hurin Nazca (100,000), Wanka (99,000), Hanan Nazca (86,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor ,(60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (35,000), and La Paz (18,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, Citiy With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stuning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 120,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues; as shipping and manufacturing have picked up on the coast, logging has begun to grow as an industry in the northwest. As a result, there is shift in population away from the coastal cities and towards the inland towns. Christianity and Ngenism together account for 99% of the population's beliefs. The military continues training.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: The regiment sent to Neu Norderney last year remains stationed there, protecting the towns, villages and farms. People who fled from deep inland do not return to their old homes, instead choosing to remain resettled closer (comparatively) to the "big" population centres. Some of the rougher trappers do return, helping reboot the OHG's fur trade. It is not enough to keep up with demand, and as the company's stockpile runs low, the Board decides to launch an expedition to the Adelheid Sea (otl Hudson Bay) to make up the rest of the fur supply. The economy does improve as a result.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the cathedral's dome, and whilst the initial excitement has worn off for most of the townsfolk, many still raise their eyes to wonder at the majestic hemisphere taking shape above their heads. The militia is built up.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Yemen is asked to accept a trade pact with Croatia in order to improve relations and allow Croatian ships to use Yemeni ports during their voyage to Goa. With the Treaty of Ras being signed, Ragusa becomes the Autonomous Province of Dubrovnik (Autonomna Županija Dubrovnik). The son of King Božidar, Domagoj Nelipić searches for a wife who should be more or less the same age as he is (19). Slovenia is annexed into the Kingdom of Croatia and Croatia is proclaimed the Tsardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo)
 * Bavarian Diplomat: Maria-Charlotte (21), the daughter of Crown Prince Albert, is available for a royal marriage.
 * The Tsardom of Croatia: accepts.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chagatia: We build up our millitary and economy.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 40. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 364,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 238,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 21. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turkic relations with the Arabs begin to slowly resolve. The Karamanian Sultanate begins to feel neutral and not as aggressive towards the Damascan Sultanate. Diyabakir is less neutral than Karamanian Sultanate and doesn't feel as much remorse for leaving the Sultanate. Ankara continues to be riotuos which forces the Sultan to keep his distance from ever retaking the vassal. Relations are improved with Karamanian and Diyabakir.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 247,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes. Palestine begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: Due to unfortunate circumstances with the Mississipian tribes most trade comes to a standstill, with some maintained with the southern peninsula tribes. Due to Injun-European tensions over land on the peninsula we decide to expand in the Scheiteswasser and set up a colony on OTL Eleuthera, which is more of a military outpost to ensure some safety passing through such waters.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * ​Urdustani Diplomacy: To address the diminishing funds of the Urdustani Sultanate, we offer the first four European nations to respond, exclusive opium and cotton trades, which were previously not extensively traded in.
 * Urdustnai Diplomacy (Needs mod response): We request that the League nations of Bahamni and Jaunpur, falling in line with League proposals, repay part of their debts to the nation of Urdustan.
 * Mod Response: They decline. 
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Scandinavia begins vassalizing the Huron, taking advantage of their situation. They offer to train the Huron in trading and combat to protect themselves against Illinikew in exchange for exclusive trading deals with Scandinavia. In the meantime, Scandinavia requests to purchase L'nu territory, them having a claim on the OTL Quebec area. In the meantime, Scandinavia begins groundwork on the University of Stockholm, the King wishing for higher education to be more available to Swedes. The University of Copenhagen is also renovated for more lecture halls.
 * Brandenburg: The economy is expanded.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Hamnklaus: Expands by 250 sq km this year. The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Majapahit: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin vassalizing/expanding into Minahasa.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1589, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Bavaria makes an official switch to the Telesphorian Calendar in 1587. In diplomatic news, Queen Catherine and the Curia Bavaria are pleased with the Hungarian move for increased diplomacy. We offer a renewed alliance and the construction of mutual embassies.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1589, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Roman Empire: Tragicly, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equiped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and committments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibas, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revinue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.


 * Raigama: This turn is dedicated to growth of military, mainly the navy. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. More Dutch traders and merchants begin to settle in Raigaman lands. Buildings and infrastructure is influenced by the Dutch. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. More and more often the Rajakaas is being phased out by the Dutch Guilder. Raigama increases the size of its navy. More small Dutch ships are integrated into the navy. The Raigama army increases, more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases. Some of the navy is sent to trade and explore waters around India.
 * Kotte: Kotte builds up its military, economy, and infrastructure.
 * Nava Kotte: The colony/trade post expands another [4px], making it [21px]. The colony has proved to be successful, helping with trade to Dai Viet, and other partners in the region. Nava Kotte starts building infrastructure.
 *  Damascan Sultanate:'  Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 39. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 358,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 235,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 20. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Navy expands. We purchase the tip of the Yemeni seaport from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this, Ankara begins to suffer from riots. The war is halted with Oman. We declare war on the Turkish Sultanate. Request aid from: The Tartary, Urudstan, Mansuriyya, and Yemen.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy are expanded.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Zapoteca: Continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.